{"title":"E-BIKE TUNING KITS","description":"\u003cmeta charset=\"UTF-8\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\" style=\"font-weight: 400;\" data-mce-style=\"font-weight: 400;\"\u003eE-bike tuning kits are devices designed to bypass the speed limiter on your e-bike, allowing you to increase your speed from the standard 16 mph (25 km\/h) to a range of 25-31 mph (40-50 km\/h), and in some cases even up to 37 mph (60 km\/h). These tuning kits are straightforward to install and offer an affordable option for modifying your e-bike to enjoy a more thrilling and adventurous riding experience.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\" style=\"font-weight: 400;\" data-mce-style=\"font-weight: 400;\"\u003eAt Two Wheels Empire you can \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\" style=\"font-weight: 400;\" data-mce-style=\"font-weight: 400;\"\u003epopular tuning kits like \u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003ca data-mce-fragment=\"1\" href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/collections\/volspeed\" data-mce-href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/collections\/volspeed\"\u003eVOLspeed\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca data-mce-fragment=\"1\" href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/collections\/levociraptor\" data-mce-href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/collections\/levociraptor\"\u003eLevociraptor\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca data-mce-fragment=\"1\" href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/collections\/speedbox\" data-mce-href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/collections\/speedbox\"\u003eSpeedbox \u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca data-mce-fragment=\"1\" href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/collections\/speedfun\" data-mce-href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/collections\/speedfun\"\u003eSpeedfun\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca data-mce-fragment=\"1\" href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/collections\/peartune\" data-mce-href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/collections\/peartune\"\u003ePeartune\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e which feature wire connections. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\" style=\"font-weight: 400;\" data-mce-style=\"font-weight: 400;\"\u003eAnother option to consider is a mechanical tuning kit like\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e \u003ca data-mce-fragment=\"1\" href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/collections\/badassbox-tuning-kit\" data-mce-href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/collections\/badassbox-tuning-kit\"\u003eBadass Box\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003eor \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\" style=\"font-weight: 400;\" data-mce-style=\"font-weight: 400;\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003ca data-mce-fragment=\"1\" href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/collections\/nls\" data-mce-href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/collections\/nls\"\u003eNLS Speedi \u003c\/a\u003e. \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"e-bike-e-mtb-tuning-kit-peartune-mso-for-shimano-steps-e8000-with-di2","title":"Peartune MSO For Shimano Steps E8000, E7000, E6100, E5000 with Di2","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThis Peartune tuning kit removes the 16mph (25km\/h) speed limit, allowing the motor to help you at higher speeds. For these Shimano bikes, the speed limit is raised to \u003cb\u003e31mph (50km\/h).\u003c\/b\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eReal speed will be displayed up to 14-15mph (22-25km\/h), at higher speeds the bike will show incorrect, slower than real speeds. \u003c\/b\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the Peartune work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula:\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe tuning kit is designed to automatically activate when the eBike is powered on. When PearTune is active - you will be able to ride at a speed of 25 mph (40 km\/h) and even up to 31 mph (50 km\/h)!\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nNOTE 1: Real speed will be displayed up to 14-15mph (21-25km\/h), at higher speeds the bike will show incorrect, slower than real speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nNOTE 2: If the bike's lights are programmed to remain permanently ON, the tuning kit will not function. The tuning kit requires the lights to be OFF for activation.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\nIf You can switch the lights ON and OFF - tuning kit can be deactivated by switching the lights ON. Your e-bike will then work the same as before installation of the chip.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nI don't have lights active but I want to be able to deactivate my tuning kit:\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n Many bikes are delivered with the lights function inactive, which can be activated by any Shimano service upon request.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this Peartune the right tuning kit for my bike?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThis Peartune tuning kit is made to fit bicycles with the Shimano E8000 \/ E7000 \/ E5000 \/ E6002 \/ E6012 \/ E6100 motors \u003cb\u003ewith electronic gear shifting system Di2.\u003c\/b\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf your E-bike does not have a Di2 system, you would need \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/e-bike-e-mtb-tuning-kit-peartune-mso-3-0-for-shimano-e8000-e6100-e6010-e6012-e5000-e7000-2018-2022\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ePeartune MSO 3.0 For Shimano E8000, E6100, E6010, E6012, E5000, E7000 without Di2\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNot Compatible with Shimano EP8 motor, you would need \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/e-bike-e-mtb-tuning-kit-peartune-3-0-for-shimano-ep8-2022\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ePeartune for Shimano EP8 motor.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nWhen connecting Tuning Kit to an e-bike you will find connectors colored to make installation very simple. We have prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of our tuning kit is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you are planning to install Peartune on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the tuning kit is activated.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/MANUAL_-_Shimano_Panasonic_Bafang_UART_EN.pdf?v=1671527612\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eInstallation Guide PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use of Peartune products. Electric bikes equipped with Peartune products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with Peartune products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk. The use of Peartune products may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nPeartune products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality - Peartune provides 2 years warranty to all their products.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use of Peartune products. Electric bikes equipped with Peartune products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with Peartune products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk. The use of Peartune products may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nPeartune products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality - Peartune provides Lifetime warranty to all their products.","brand":"PearTune","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31792785064070,"sku":"PT-MSO-SH1-Di2","price":189.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/products\/peartune-mso-for-shimano-steps-e8000-e7000-e6100-e5000-with-di2-pt-mso-sh1-di2-1145469378.jpg?v=1741936495"},{"product_id":"e-bike-e-mtb-tuning-kit-peartune-mso-3-0-for-shimano-e8000-e6100-e6010-e6012-e5000-e7000-2018-2022","title":"Peartune MSO 3.0 For Shimano E8000, E6100, E6010, E6012, E5000, E5100, E7000 without DI2","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThis Peartune tuning kit removes the 16mph (25km\/h) speed limit, allowing the motor to help you at higher speeds. For these Shimano bikes, the speed limit is raised to \u003cb\u003e31mph (50km\/h).\u003c\/b\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eReal speed will be displayed up to 14-15mph (22-25km\/h), at higher speeds the bike will show incorrect, slower than real speeds. \u003c\/b\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the Peartune work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula:\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe tuning kit is designed to automatically activate when the eBike is powered on. When PearTune is active - you will be able to ride at a speed of 25 mph (40 km\/h) and even up to 31 mph (50 km\/h)!\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nNOTE 1: Real speed will be displayed up to 14-15mph (21-25km\/h), at higher speeds the bike will show incorrect, slower than real speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nNOTE 2: If the bike's lights are programmed to remain permanently ON, the tuning kit will not function. The tuning kit requires the lights to be OFF for activation.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\nIf You can switch the lights ON and OFF - tuning kit can be deactivated by switching the lights ON. Your e-bike will then work the same as before installation of the chip.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nI don't have lights active but I want to be able to deactivate my tuning kit:\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n Many bikes are delivered with the lights function inactive, which can be activated by any Shimano service upon request.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this Peartune the right tuning kit for my bike?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThis Peartune tuning kit is made to fit bicycles with the Shimano E8000 \/ E7000 \/ E5000 \/ E5100 \/ E6001 \/ E6002 \/ E6010, E6012, E6020, E6100 \/ E6101 motors, with all displays compatible with these motors.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNot Compatible with Shimano E8000 \/ E7000 \/ E5000 Di2 (electronic gear shifting system). For the ebikes with Di2 you would need \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/e-bike-e-mtb-tuning-kit-peartune-mso-for-shimano-steps-e8000-with-di2\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ePeatune for Shimano with Di2.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNot Compatible with Shimano EP8 motor, you would need \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/e-bike-e-mtb-tuning-kit-peartune-3-0-for-shimano-ep8-2022\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ePeartune for Shimano EP8 motor.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nWhen connecting Tuning Kit to an e-bike you will find connectors colored to make installation very simple. We have prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of our tuning kit is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you are planning to install Peartune on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the tuning kit is activated.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/MANUAL_-_Shimano_Panasonic_Bafang_UART_EN.pdf?v=1671527612\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eInstallation Guide PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use of Peartune products. Electric bikes equipped with Peartune products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with Peartune products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk. The use of Peartune products may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nPeartune products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality - Peartune provides 2 years warranty to all their products.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use of Peartune products. Electric bikes equipped with Peartune products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with Peartune products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk. The use of Peartune products may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nPeartune products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality - Peartune provides Lifetime warranty to all their products.","brand":"PearTune","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34703312945286,"sku":"PT-MSO-SH1","price":189.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/products\/e-bike-e-mtb-tuning-kit-peartune-for-shimano-steps-e8000-e7000-e6100-e5000-with-di2-pt-mso-sh1-1145469142.jpg?v=1741936489"},{"product_id":"speedbox-b-tuning-3-0-for-all-2014-2020-bosch-motors","title":"SpeedBox B.Tuning 3.0 For all Bosch Motors without Smart System","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe SpeedBox 3.0 B.Tuning chip is a top-notch product perfectly optimized for the most powerful ride and experience. It \u003cb\u003esuppresses the speed limiter\u003c\/b\u003e so you can enjoy your ride at unlimited speed.  Thanks to \u003cb\u003eSpeedBox App\u003c\/b\u003e mobile application you can monitor and store all the parameters of your trip on the display of your phone in any place, anytime.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does SpeedBox 3.0 B.Tuning work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nThe tuning kit can be activated directly from the mobile application or on yours bike display. After pressing the \u003cb\u003e'WALK' or  '+ - + - ' or 'WALK' and '+' buttons\u003c\/b\u003e, a value of 6.2 mph or 9.9 kph is displayed and from now on you will be able to ride at a speed of 25mph (40 kph), 31mph (50 kph) and even more than 37mph (60 kph). As much as you can pedal!\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAt the first start, \u003cb\u003eSpeedBox App\u003c\/b\u003e will ask you to create a new PIN code to provide maximum security for your e-bike. This code will serve for everyday access to your App.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAfter creating your PIN code, SpeedBox App will ask you to set up your Service password. This will serve you in case you need to change the PIN code. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYou can set the maximum speed pf an electric assistance by changing modes: Turbo - EMTB- Tour - Eco - Tour - EMTB - Turbo.  An actual speed limit will be displayed after that. The maximum speed of an electric assistance can be switched by pressing 'WALK' button shortly or by turning the rear wheel 360° . \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe value of 0.93 mph (1.5 kph) on the display corresponds with the limit of 9.3 mph (15 kph), \u003cbr\u003e\n1.2 mph (2 kph) corresponds with the limit of 12.4 mph (20 kph), \u003cbr\u003e\n1.5 mph (2.5 kph) corresponds with 15.5 mph (25 kph), \u003cbr\u003e\n1.8 mph (3.0 kph) corresponds with 18.6 mph (30 kph), \u003cbr\u003e\n6.1 mph (9.9 kph) corresponds with 61.5 mph (99 kph) etc. \u003cbr\u003e\nThe last displayed limit will be saved after 5 seconds of inactivity.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWhen using SpeedBox 3.0 B. Tunng with Bosch motors of the 4th generation (produced in 2020 or later) it is necessary to leave the bike on after finishing the ride until a value of 0.0 mph or 0.0 kph is displayed. During this process the remaining time will be displayed in minutes. Then it is safe to turn off your bike and you can start looking forward to your next trip.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Speedbox Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThis tuning kit is compatible with all eBikes; eMTB; eMountainBikes that have a Bosch Motor manufactured from 2014-2023. Including all  Active Line, Active Line Plus, Cargo Line, Performance Line, Performance Line Speed, Performance Line CX models including motors of the 4th generation. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatible with displays: \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n- KIOX\u003cbr\u003e\n- INTUVIA\u003cbr\u003e\n- NYON\u003cbr\u003e\n- PURION\u003cbr\u003e\n- COBI\u003cbr\u003e\n \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatible with motors (incl. Gen4):\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n- Active Line Plus\u003cbr\u003e\n- Performance Line\u003cbr\u003e\n- Performance Line CX Line\u003cbr\u003e\n- Performance Line Speed\u003cbr\u003e\n- Cargo Line\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNot compatible with:\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n- Bosch Smart System \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIn case of updating the software of your e-bike, uninstall SpeedBox from the e-bike first, update the software and reinstall SpeedBox.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf your e-bike has Bosch Gen4 with Smart System, we recommend \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/speedbox-1-0-for-bosch-smart-system\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e SpeedBox 1.0 for Smart System (incl. Gen4)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e or \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/speedbox-1-0-b-tuning-for-bosch-smart-system\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSpeedBox 1.0 B.Tuning For Smart System (incl. Gen4).\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf your ebike has Bosch Smart system with rim magnet, you would need \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/speedbox-1-2-b-tuning-for-bosch-smart-system-rim-magnet\"\u003eSpeedBox 1.2 B.Tuning for Bosch (Smart System + Rim Magnet)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e or \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/collections\/all\/products\/speedbox-1-2-for-bosch-smart-system-rim-magnet\"\u003e SpeedBox 1.2 for Bosch (Smart System + Rim Magnet)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nWhen connecting Tuning Kit to an e-bike you will find connectors colored to make installation very simple. We have prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of our tuning kit is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you are planning to install SpeedBox on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the tuning kit is activated.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/Pbtolt8EnEg\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eVideo explaining Count Down function:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/gkUWGJw_5rI\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use SpeedBox products. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe use of SpeedBox may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeedBox Products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality. SpeedBox provide Life Long warranty to all their Products!\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf You have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact us. Thank you for looking! Two Wheels Empire Team","brand":"Speedbox","offers":[{"title":"SpeedBox B.Tuning","offer_id":40221131440262,"sku":"SBBT_B_1","price":309.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/products\/speedbox-b-tuning-3-0-for-all-bosch-motors-without-smart-system-sbbt-b-1-1145469385.jpg?v=1741936485"},{"product_id":"speedbox-3-0-ebike-tuning-kit-for-bosch-2014-2022-motor","title":"SpeedBox 3.0 eBike Tuning kit for all Bosch Motors without Smart System","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nSpeedBox 3.0 is third generation with an option to set a speed limit of an e-bike. \u003cb\u003eDeresticts your e-bike to reach maximum speeds!\u003c\/b\u003e After the chip is installed, your e-bike’s display will show real data, such as maximum and average speeds, daily mileage and cruising range.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNote: The Speedbox App is an application specially designed for Speedbox B. Tuning products only. With a non-Bluetooth Speedbox product like this one, the Speedbox App is unavailable.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"speedbox-b-tuning-3-0-for-all-2014-2020-bosch-motors\"\u003eSpeedBox B.Tuning 3.0 For ALL 2014-2023 BOSCH MOTORS\u003c\/a\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does SpeedBox 3.0 work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nThe tuning kit can be activated directly on your bike’s display.  After pressing the \u003cb\u003e'WALK' or ' + - + - '\u003c\/b\u003e buttons, a value of 6.2 mph (9.9 km\/h) is displayed and from now on you will be able to ride at a speed of 25 mph (40 km\/h), 31 mph (50 km\/h) and even more than 37 mph (60 km\/h).\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTo deactivate the tuning kit, press the \u003cb\u003e'WALK'\u003c\/b\u003e button again. The value of 1.6 mph (2.5 km\/h) will appear on your display and the speed limit will reset to 16 mph (25 km\/h). Your e-bike will then work the same as before installation of the chip.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYou can set the maximum speed of an electric assistance by changing modes: Turbo - Sport - Tour - Eco - Tour - Sport - Turbo. An actual speed limit will be displayed after that. The maximum speed of an electric assistance can be switched by pressing WALK button shortly or by turning the rear wheel 360°. The value of 0.9 mph (1.5 km\/h) on the display corresponds with the limit of 9.3 mph (15 km\/h), 1.2 mph (2 km\/h) corresponds with the limit of 12.4 mph (20 km\/h), 2,5 corresponds with 15 mph (25 km\/h), 3,0 corresponds with 18.6 mph (30 km\/h), 9,9 corresponds with 61.5 mph (99 km\/h) etc. The last displayed limit will be saved after 5 seconds of inactivity.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWhen using SpeedBox 3.0 with Bosch motors of the 4th generation (produced in 2020 or later) it is \u003cb\u003enecessary to leave the bike on after finishing the ride until a value of 0.0 mph\/km\/h is displayed.\u003c\/b\u003e During this process the remaining time will be displayed in minutes. Then it is safe to turn off your bike and you can start looking forward to your next trip.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Speedbox Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThis tuning kit is compatible with all eBikes; eMTB; eMountainBikes that have a Bosch Motor manufactured from 2014-2023. Including all  Active Line, Active Line Plus, Cargo Line, Performance Line, Performance Line Speed, Performance Line CX models including motors of the 4th generation. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatible with displays: \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n- KIOX\u003cbr\u003e\n- INTUVIA\u003cbr\u003e\n- NYON\u003cbr\u003e\n- PURION\u003cbr\u003e\n- COBI\u003cbr\u003e\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatible with motors (incl. Gen4):\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n- Active Line Plus\u003cbr\u003e\n- Performance Line\u003cbr\u003e\n- Performance Line CX Line\u003cbr\u003e\n- Performance Line Speed\u003cbr\u003e\n- Cargo Line\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNot compatible with:\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n- Bosch Smart System \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIn case of updating the software of your e-bike, uninstall SpeedBox from the e-bike first, update the software and reinstall SpeedBox.\u003c\/b\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you would like to use Speedbox app, we recommend to use \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/speedbox-b-tuning-3-0-for-all-2014-2020-bosch-motors\"\u003e Speedbox 3.0 B. Tuning.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf your e-bike has Bosch Gen4 with Smart System, we recommend \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/speedbox-1-0-for-bosch-smart-system\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e SpeedBox 1.0 for Smart System (incl. Gen4)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e or \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/speedbox-1-0-b-tuning-for-bosch-smart-system\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSpeedBox 1.0 B.Tuning For Smart System (incl. Gen4).\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf your ebike has Bosch Smart system with rim magnet, you would need \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/speedbox-1-2-b-tuning-for-bosch-smart-system-rim-magnet\"\u003eSpeedBox 1.2 B.Tuning for Bosch (Smart System + Rim Magnet)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e or \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/collections\/all\/products\/speedbox-1-2-for-bosch-smart-system-rim-magnet\"\u003e SpeedBox 1.2 for Bosch (Smart System + Rim Magnet)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nWhen connecting Tuning Kit to an e-bike you will find connectors colored to make installation very simple. We have prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of our tuning kit is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you are planning to install SpeedBox on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the tuning kit is activated.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/Pbtolt8EnEg\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eVideo explaining Count Down function:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/gkUWGJw_5rI\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use SpeedBox products. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe use of SpeedBox may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeedBox Products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality. SpeedBox provide Life Long warranty to all their Products!\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf You have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact us. Thank you for looking! Two Wheels Empire Team","brand":"Speedbox","offers":[{"title":"Speedbox 3.0","offer_id":34943925944454,"sku":"SB3_B_1","price":189.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/products\/speedbox-3-0-ebike-tuning-kit-for-all-bosch-motors-without-smart-system-sb3-b-1-1145468951.jpg?v=1741936473"},{"product_id":"speedfun-for-fazua","title":"SpeedFun Furious for Fazua Ride 50","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nSpeedFun FURIOUS for Fazua Ride 50 is a revolutionary tuning kit which suppresses the speed limiter of your electric bike. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAfter installing your SpeedFun, your e-bike’s display will show real data up to 12mph (20km\/h) - at higher speeds, the display will show half speed and relative data making it possible, by simply multiplying in mind by two, the calculation of the actual speed and miles or kilometers traveled. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe motor's electric assistance switches off when reaching 30mph (50km\/h).\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the SpeedFun work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nAfter installation, your tuning kit will be activated with the activation of your eBike. This tuning kit can be activated \/ deactivated also, but only by your choise, you do not need to do it everytime you turn On ebike. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nActivation and deactivation:\u003cbr\u003e\n- Turn the ebike off and on again. Do not move it or do other operations.\u003cbr\u003e\n- Raise the rear wheel, give a strong pedal with the longest (hardest) gear engaged.\u003cbr\u003e\n- Let it run for a few seconds.\u003cbr\u003e\n- The system recognizes the acceleration and considers it as an activation or deactivation command (cyclically). Upon activation, the display shows the speed that change from real to halved in the manner described above. When deactivated, the display shows the speed change from halved to real and the bike returns to its original state.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich SpeedFun Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThis tuning kit is compatible with eBikes that have \u003cb\u003eFazua Ride 50 Motor\u003c\/b\u003e. And it works with any type of display.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nATTENTION!\u003cbr\u003e\nThis device is not compatible with Fazua Ride 60 motors. The product compatible with Fazua Ride 60 motors is available \u003ca href=\"\/en-lt\/products\/speedfun-furious-evo-easy-for-fazua-ride-60\"\u003eHere\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEbike with Fazua Ride 50 motors where the Tuning Kit was successfully installed and tested:\u003cbr\u003e\n- Pinarello Nytro E-Road Bike\u003cbr\u003e\n- Lombardo E-Mugello Road\u003cbr\u003e\n- Cube Agree Hybrid C:62\u003cbr\u003e\n- Whistle Flow, Bianchi E-Doardo\u003cbr\u003e\n- Fantic Passo Giau\u003cbr\u003e\n- Focus Project Y\u003cbr\u003e\n- Maserati MC Corse\u003cbr\u003e\n- Atala E-Road Flow\u003cbr\u003e\n- Bottecchia BE 90 Pulsar E-Road carbon\u003cbr\u003e\n- Focus Raven 2\u003cbr\u003e\n- Whistle E-Road Flow\u003cbr\u003e\n- Cairn e-bike \u003cbr\u003e\n- Focus Paralane² e-road and Boardman ADV 8.9E Adventure Electric Bike.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Install this tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nWhen connecting the SpeedFun chip to an eBike you will find connectors colored to make installation very simple. We have prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of our tuning chip is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us.\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/FURIOUS-EVO-FAZUA-IT-EN-FR_compressed.pdf?v=1672836078\" target=\"_blank\" class=\"btn\"\u003eInstallation guide PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/gS3NuD4Eyfs\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use SpeedFun products. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedFun products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedFun products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe use of SpeedFun may void the warranty of your ebike.\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.","brand":"SpeedFun","offers":[{"title":"Fazua + container lid","offer_id":39290868826246,"sku":"TWE-SF-F+TWE-SF-F-C","price":159.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Fazua Tuning kit","offer_id":39290868859014,"sku":"TWE-SF-F","price":139.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Container Lid","offer_id":39338071949446,"sku":"TWE-SF-F-C","price":20.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/products\/speedfun-furious-for-fazua-ride-50-twe-sf-f-1145467749.png?v=1741936461"},{"product_id":"e-bike-e-mtb-tuning-kit-peartune-3-0-for-shimano-ep8-2022","title":"PearTune 3.0 for Shimano EP8, EP8-RS","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThis Peartune tuning kit removes the 16mph (25km\/h) speed limit, allowing the motor to help you at higher speeds. For these Shimano bikes, the speed limit is raised to \u003cb\u003e31mph (50km\/h).\u003c\/b\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eReal speed will be displayed up to 14-15mph (21-25km\/h), at higher speeds the bike will show incorrect, slower than real speeds. \u003c\/b\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the Peartune work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula:\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe tuning kit is designed to automatically activate when the eBike is powered on. When PearTune is active - you will be able to ride at a speed of 25 mph (40 km\/h) and even up to 31 mph (50 km\/h)!\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nNOTE 1: Real speed will be displayed up to 14-15mph (21-25km\/h), at higher speeds the bike will show incorrect, slower than real speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nNOTE 2: If the bike's lights are programmed to remain permanently ON, the tuning kit will not function. The tuning kit requires the lights to be OFF for activation.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\nIf You can switch the lights ON and OFF - tuning kit can be deactivated by switching the lights ON. Your e-bike will then work the same as before installation of the chip.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nI don't have lights active but I want to be able to deactivate my tuning kit:\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n Many bikes are delivered with the lights function inactive, which can be activated by any Shimano service upon request.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this Peartune the right tuning kit for my bike?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThis Peartune tuning kit is made to fit all Shimano EP8 and EP8-RS motors, with all Shimano displays made for EP8 motors. Not compatible with Shimano EP801!\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWorks with the Giant Revolt E+ Di2 powered by Shimano EP8 (mind product options)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNot Compatible\u003c\/b\u003e with Shimano E8000 \/ E7000 \/ E5000. You would need \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/e-bike-e-mtb-tuning-kit-peartune-mso-3-0-for-shimano-e8000-e6100-e6010-e6012-e5000-e7000-2018-2022\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ePeatune for Shimano E8000 \/ E7000 \/ E5000.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\nNot Compatible with Shimano EP801. You would need \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/peartune-3-0-tuning-kit-for-shimano-ep801-and-ep6-motors\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ePearTune 3.0 for Shimano EP801\/EP6\u003c\/a\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe MSO can be activated or deactivated anytime using the bike menu's light control function. Refer to the bike manual for detailed instructions. If the lights are ON, PearTune MSO is OFF. When the lights are OFF, PearTune MSO is ON. If you disconnect the red power cable, PearTune MSO will be \"always ON,\" meaning it will activate automatically when you switch on your bike. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you are planning to install PearTune on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the tuning kit is activated.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/MANUAL_-_Shimano_Panasonic_Bafang_UART_EN.pdf?v=1671527612\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eInstallation Guide PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use of Peartune products. Electric bikes equipped with Peartune products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with Peartune products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk. The use of Peartune products may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nPeartune products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality - Peartune provides 2 years warranty to all their products.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use of Peartune products. Electric bikes equipped with Peartune products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with Peartune products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk. The use of Peartune products may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nPeartune products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality - Peartune provides Lifetime warranty to all their products.","brand":"PearTune","offers":[{"title":"Shimano EP8","offer_id":40365780041862,"sku":"PT-MSO-EP8","price":219.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Giant Revolt E+ EP8","offer_id":40365780074630,"sku":"PT-MSO-EP8+E","price":219.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/products\/peartune-3-0-for-shimano-ep8-1145467663.jpg?v=1741936440"},{"product_id":"levociraptor-gen2-brose-specialized-for-levo-19-22-kenevo-20-22","title":"Levociraptor Gen2 for BROSE Specialized for LEVO, KENEVO with Bluetooth","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nRemove the speed restriction for Levo 2019-2023 and Kenevo 2020\/2022 with Brose motor, release the full potential of the Specialized Ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTurn your Levo\/ Kenevo into a Velociraptor.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Levociraptor work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAfter the Tuning kit is installed, your e-bike will be derestricted and you will reach maximum speed! The tuning kit is always active. You do not need to activate it. The Levociraptor connects to your ebike via the TCU and speed calibration within Levociraptor App allows you to retain accuracy of speed and distance. With Levociraptor Gen2 and MasterMind TCU, BLEvo operates exclusively in 'read mode'. This entails that the BLEvo app can solely capture all the riding data, while the Smart Power feature remains unavailable, and configuring the speed limit is not possible.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAvailable features with BLEvo app\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n- 5 different speed limits selectable via Bluetooth with dedicated free App or BLEvo.\u003cbr\u003e\n- Barometer* for altitude calculation and Thermometer* for logging ambient temperature.\u003cbr\u003e\n- Crash detection* with message notification with GPS position.\u003cbr\u003e\n- Automatic restore of the speed restriction after crash*.\u003cbr\u003e\n- Firmware updatable via Smartphone. \u003cbr\u003e\n*Feature available only if the ride is recorded with BLEvo App\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nPlease note that setting 4 is the highest option available for 2022\/ 2023 Levo Generation 3.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSetting 5 is the highest option for untested versions of firmware. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n12 Month Warranty on Levociraptor Devices. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/Levociraptor_-_BLEvo_Android_EN.pdf?v=1700745326\" class=\"btn\"\u003eBLEvo Android manual\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/Levociraptor_-_BLEvo_iOS_EN.pdf?v=1700745326\" class=\"btn\"\u003eBLEvo iOS manual\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Install this tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nEasy Installation - Levociraptor Gen2 comes complete with a manual. The installation of the Levociraptor tuning kit is quite simple and can be easily done by technical laymen. Out of sight installation under the TCU inside the frame. Full instructions and easily removed or reset to factory settings.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you have any questions regarding the setup please do not hesitate in contacting us, we are happy to help.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWhen you remove the Tuning kit, you need to check the wheel size, if it is smaller then original. Then you need to put Tuning kit back to ebike. Set speed setting of levociraptor on the lowest. \u003cbr\u003e\n- Ride around for few minutes. \u003cbr\u003e\n- Turn off the bike. \u003cbr\u003e\n- Remove the chip\u003cbr\u003e\n- Reset TCU and on\/off bike twice\u003cbr\u003e\n- Wheel size will be back to factory\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/Gen2_Levociraptor_-_Installation_manual_1.pdf?v=1739171505\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eInstallation Guide PDF \u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/qgIXmUXk6Dg\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Levociraptor Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatible with:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n- Levo 2019-2023 Brose Specialized motor.\u003cbr\u003e\n- Kenevo 2020\/2022 with Brose Specialized motor.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis tuning kit works with higher speed versions as well!\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYou can choose \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/levociraptor-brose-specialized-gen2-for-levo-sl-creo-sl-vado-sl-with-bluetooth\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLevociraptor Gen2 for BROSE Specialized for Levo SL, Creo SL \u0026amp; Vado SL Gen3 2022 with Bluetooth. \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use Levociraptor products. Electric bikes equipped with Levociraptor products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with Levociraptor products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk.\nThe use of Levociraptor may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.","brand":"Levociraptor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39337928228998,"sku":"TWE-LC-Gen2","price":160.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/products\/levociraptor-gen2-for-brose-specialized-for-levo-kenevo-with-bluetooth-twe-lc-gen2-1145467670.png?v=1741936438"},{"product_id":"levociraptor-brose-specialized-gen2-for-levo-sl-creo-sl-vado-sl-with-bluetooth","title":"Levociraptor Gen2 for BROSE Specialized for Levo SL, Creo SL, Turbo Como SL \u0026 Vado SL with Bluetooth","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nRemove the speed restriction for Levo SL, Creo SL, Vado SL, Kenevo SL and Turbo Como SL 4.0, release the full potential of the Specialized Ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTurn your Levo\/ Kenevo into a Velociraptor.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Levociraptor work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAfter the Tuning kit is installed, your e-bike will be derestricted and you will reach maximum speed! The tuning kit is always active. You do not need to activate it. The Levociraptor connects to your ebike via the TCU and speed calibration within Levociraptor App allows you to retain accuracy of speed and distance. With Levociraptor Gen2 and MasterMind TCU, BLEvo operates exclusively in 'read mode'. This entails that the BLEvo app can solely capture all the riding data, while the Smart Power feature remains unavailable, and configuring the speed limit is not possible.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAvailable features with BLEvo app\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n- 5 different speed limits selectable via Bluetooth with dedicated free App or BLEvo.\u003cbr\u003e\n- Barometer* for altitude calculation and Thermometer* for logging ambient temperature.\u003cbr\u003e\n- Crash detection* with message notification with GPS position.\u003cbr\u003e\n- Automatic restore of the speed restriction after crash*.\u003cbr\u003e\n- Firmware updatable via Smartphone. \u003cbr\u003e\n*Feature available only if the ride is recorded with BLEvo App\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nPlease note that setting 4 is the highest option available for 2022\/ 2023 Levo Generation 3.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSetting 5 is the highest option for untested versions of firmware. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n12 Month Warranty on Levociraptor Devices. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/Levociraptor_-_BLEvo_Android_EN.pdf?v=1700745326\" class=\"btn\"\u003eBLEvo Android manual\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/Levociraptor_-_BLEvo_iOS_EN.pdf?v=1700745326\" class=\"btn\"\u003eBLEvo iOS manual\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Install this tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nEasy Installation - Levociraptor Gen2 comes complete with a manual. The installation of the Levociraptor tuning kit is quite simple and can be easily done by technical laymen. Out of sight installation under the TCU inside the frame. Full instructions and easily removed or reset to factory settings.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you have any questions regarding the setup please do not hesitate in contacting us, we are happy to help.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWhen you remove the Tuning kit, you need to check the wheel size, if it is smaller then original. Then you need to put Tuning kit back to ebike. Set speed setting of levociraptor on the lowest. \u003cbr\u003e\n- Ride around for few minutes. \u003cbr\u003e\n- Turn off the bike. \u003cbr\u003e\n- Remove the chip\u003cbr\u003e\n- Reset TCU and on\/off bike twice\u003cbr\u003e\n- Wheel size will be back to factory\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/Gen2_Levociraptor_-_Installation_manual_1.pdf?v=1739171505\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eInstallation Guide PDF \u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/qgIXmUXk6Dg\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Levociraptor Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatible with:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n- Brose Specialized Levo SL, Creo SL, Vado SL, Kenevo SL and Turbo Como SL 4.0 motors.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis tuning kit works with higher speed versions as well!\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/levociraptor-gen2-brose-specialized-for-levo-19-22-kenevo-20-22\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eLevociraptor Gen2 for BROSE Specialized for LEVO 19-23, KENEVO 20-22 and Gen3 2022 Specialized Levo with Bluetooth.\u003c\/a\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use Levociraptor products. Electric bikes equipped with Levociraptor products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with Levociraptor products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk.\nThe use of Levociraptor may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.","brand":"Levociraptor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39399599014022,"sku":"TWE-LC-Gen2-2","price":160.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/products\/levociraptor-gen2-for-brose-specialized-for-levo-sl-creo-sl-turbo-como-sl-vado-sl-with-bluetooth-twe-lc-gen2-2-1145467669.png?v=1741936418"},{"product_id":"speedfun-ghost-ebikemotion-x35-tuning-derestriction-kit-ebike-motor","title":"SpeedFun Ghost for Mahle Ebikemotion X35 and X35+","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nAfter the Tuning kit is installed - factory speed limit is removed! Due to the constructive characteristics of this type of motor it is possible to reach around 18\/19mph (29\/30 km\/h) depending on the ebike model and gearing.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe tuning kit for Ebikemotion X35 will be active right away after installation. If you do use app or display with your ebike, you will not be able to see real data. Assistance is slightly reduced beyond 16mph (25kmh).\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the SpeedFun work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nThe tuning kit for Ebikemotion X35 will be active right away after installation. If you do use app or display with your ebike, you will not be able to see real data. Assistance is slightly reduced beyond 16mph (25kmh).\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAfter installing your SpeedFun, due to the constructive characteristics of this type of motor it is possible to reach around 18\/19mph (29\/30 km\/h) depending on the ebike model and gearing.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich SpeedFun Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe Chip for Ebikemotion x35 SpeedFun Ghost is available in only one version:\u003cbr\u003e\n- Slim Version: this round section version measures ∅14 x 170 mm and is slightly flexible. It can be inserted partially or totally inside the tubes in the frame or be fixed externally. Before buying, please check the size on your ebike. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTuning kit was testes with these ebike models:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n- Orbea Gain\u003cbr\u003e \n- Orbea Vibe H10, H10 Mud e H10 EQ\u003cbr\u003e \n- Orbea Vibe H30, Vibe H30, H30 Mud e H30 EQ\u003cbr\u003e \n- Olmo e.vento sport\u003cbr\u003e \n- SuperSix EVO Neo 3\u003cbr\u003e \n- Bianchi Aria\u003cbr\u003e \n- SuperSix EVO Neo 3\u003cbr\u003e \n- Bianchi Aria E-Road (to install the device you need to remove the cover that goes from the battery to the engine) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eKnown ebike models that have X35 motor:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nARGON 18 Subito E-Gravel, \nARGON 18 Subito E-Road, \nASFALT GT2 Lounge Heritage, \nASFALT GT2 Lounge Urban, \nASFALT GT2 Sports Heritage, \nASFALT GT2 Sport Urban, \nBERGAMONT e-Sweep Sport, \nBERGAMONT e-Sweep Tour, \nBIANCHI e-Impulso Gravel, \nBIANCHI Aria e-Road, \nBIANCHI e-Impulso Road, \nBIXS District-E10, \nBIXS District-E20, \nBTWIN City Speed 900E, \nCANNONDALE Tesoro Neo SL, \nCANNONDALE Topstone Neo SL 1, \nCANNONDALE Treadwell Neo, \nCANNONDALE Quick Neo SL 1, \nCANNONDALE Quick Neo SL 1 Remixte, \nCANNONDALE Quick Neo SL 2, \nCINELLI Zydeco E-Mud, \nCYCLIK e-Relief, \nCYCLIK e-Relief 2, \nDESIKNIO Dopamine, \nDESIKNIO Serotonin, \nGT eGrade Bolt, \nGT eGrade Current, \nHOHEACHT LUMO Tereno Trapez, \nHOHEACHT LUMO Terra Diamant, \nHOHEACHT LUMO Terra Trapez, \nHOHEACHT LUMO Ripio, \nHOHEACHT LUMO Ripinio, \nKONRAD BIKES Urban Active, \nKONRAD BIKES Urban Comfort, \nKONRAD BIKES Urban Gravel, \nKONRAD BIKES Urban Tour, \nLAPIERRE e-Sensium 2.2, \nLAPIERRE e-Shaper 3.2, \nLEMOND Dutch, \nLEMOND Prolog, \nLOGO XD02, \nMERIDA eScultura 400, \nMERIDA eSilex, \nMERIDA eSpeeder, \nMERIDA eSpresso Urban, \nMILANO Agape, \nMILANO Pyt, \nMILANO Saudade, \nMILANO Sonder, \nMONDRAKER F-Play 24, \nMONDRAKER F-Play 26, \nMONDRAKER Play 20, \nMONDRAKER Play 24, \nMONDRAKER Play 26, \nMONOPOLE No. 1, \nMÖVE Airy, \nMÖVE Urban: Airy, \nMMR Tempo, \nMTB CYCLETECH Souplesse GP, \nMTB CYCLETECH Souplesse Lady, \nMTB CYCLETECH Souplesse Man, \nMV AGUSTA Amo R, \nMV AGUSTA Amo R11, \nMV AGUSTA Amo RR, \nMV AGUSTA Amo RR9, \nMV AGUSTA Amo RR10, \nMV AGUSTA AMO XT6, \nMV AGUSTA Cortina Edizione Limitata, \nMV AGUSTA SV Edizione Limitata, \nNEOWISE F3 Comet, \nORBEA Gain, \nORBEA Optima, \nORBEA Vibe, \nPRINCIPIA E-Gravel, \nRALEIGH Trace Electric, \nRIBBLE Endurance SL e-Hero, \nRIBBLE GRAVEL AL E, \nRIBBLE CGR AL e, \nRIBBLE Endurance SL e, \nRIBBLE Hybrid AL e Series, \nROSE Backroad Al Plus, \nROSE Sneak Plus, \nSALSA Confluence, \nSOUL CYCLES E-Spry Gravel, \nSOUL CYCLES E-Spry Sport, \nVAN RYSEL E-EDR AF, \nVAN RYSEL E-EDR AF WMN, \nVAN RYSEL E-GRVL AF HD, \nWILIER TRIESTINA Garda Hybrid, \nWINORA E-Flitzer, \nWILIER TRIESTINA Jena Hybrid, \nWILIER TRIESTINA Cento1 Hybrid\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Install this tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFollow these steps for the installation:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n1. Remove the zip tie holding the connector cable.\u003cbr\u003e\n2. Unplug the connector. *DO NOT ROTATE THE CABLE WHILE UNPLUGGING*\u003cbr\u003e\n3. Slide the female connector wire into the frame (9-10cm.)\u003cbr\u003e\n4. Connect the Ghost tuning kit as shown. *PAY ATTENTION TO THE ARROWS*\u003cbr\u003e\n5. Secure the tuning kit using zip tie.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you are planning to install SpeedFun on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the chip is activated.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/Instructions-Ghost-X35-bikemotion.pdf?v=1672909289\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eInstallation Guide PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/VmKz97EKI-I\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use SpeedFun products. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedFun products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedFun products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk.\nThe use of SpeedFun may void the warranty of your ebike.\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.","brand":"SpeedFun","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39431229997190,"sku":"TWE-SF-GH","price":169.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/products\/speedfun-ghost-for-mahle-ebikemotion-x35-and-x35-twe-sf-gh-1145468168.png?v=1741936415"},{"product_id":"volspeed-v4-bosch-2021-for-bosch-gen2-gen3-gen4-2014-2022-not-2022-smart-system","title":"Volspeed V4 for Bosch Gen2 \/ Gen3 \/ Gen4 motors (not Bosch Smart System)","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nA smart Tuning Kit Volspeed V4 with an option to set a speed limit of an e-bike of your own choice. After the chip is installed, your e-bike’s display will show real data, such as maximum and average speeds, daily mileage and cruising range.\nIn contrast to the almost complete elimination of the speed limit with other tuning modules, this module still allows a very sporty riding style with moderate battery consumption by slightly increasing the limit, e.g. to 20 mph (32km\/h).\nFor a more natural riding experience, the dynamic mode spreads the downshift over a wider speed range, the so-called \"wall effect\" is significantly reduced.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Volspeed V4 work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nThe tuning kit can be activated directly on your bike’s display. After pressing the ' - ' button and holding it for 3 seconds. After Tuning kit activation speed limit is displayed for 5 seconds. If you would like to change maximumm speed, just press 'Plus' or 'Minus' keys. Possible values: 16... 28mph (25... 45 km\/h). Default value: 20mph (32 km\/h). The set value is saved.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTo deactivate the tuning kit, press the ' - ' button and hold it for 3 seconds again.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe tuning is always switched off after switching on the bike. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is possible to set a \"softer curtailment behavior\" (dynamic mode). This significantly softens the otherwise very abrupt deceleration at the speed limit. Correct display of the speed, the distance covered and the average speed at all times.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Volspeed Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThis tuning kit is compatible with all eBikes; eMTB; eMountainBikes that have a Bosch Motor manufactured from 2014-2023. Including all  Active Line, Active Line Plus, Cargo Line, Performance Line, Performance Line Speed, Performance Line CX models including motors of the 4th generation. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatible with displays: \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n- KIOX\u003cbr\u003e\n- INTUVIA\u003cbr\u003e\n- NYON\u003cbr\u003e\n- PURION\u003cbr\u003e\n- COBI\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatible with motors (incl. Gen4): \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n- Active Line Plus\u003cbr\u003e\n- Performance Line\u003cbr\u003e\n- Performance Line CX Line\u003cbr\u003e\n- Performance Line Speed\u003cbr\u003e\n- Cargo Line\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatibility table\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/volspeed-bosch-v4-table.jpg?v=1671020043\" alt=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe tuning module only works with e-bikes that have an electric motor support of up to 16mph (25km\/h) ex works. Children's e-bikes with a support up to 12mph (20km\/h) and Speed-e-bikes with a support up to 28mph (45km\/h) are not supported. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNot compatible with: \u003cbr\u003e\n- Bosch Smart System, you would need  \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/volspeed-tuning-kit-for-bosch-smart-system\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eVolspeed Bosch Smart system.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nWhen connecting Tuning Kit to an e-bike you will find connectors colored to make installation very simple. We have prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of our tuning kit is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us.\nIf you are planning to install Volspeed on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the tuning kit is activated.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/VOLspeed_Bosch_V4_Rev2.pdf?v=1671024603\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eInstallation Guide PDF \u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/L03NjSDc_w4\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use VOLspeed products. Electric bikes equipped with VOLspeed products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with VOLspeed products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk. The use of VOLspeed may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\nVOLspeed Products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality. \nVOLspeed provide 2 years warranty to all their Products!","brand":"VOLspeed","offers":[{"title":"Volspeed V4 Bosch","offer_id":40149402648710,"sku":"TWE-VS4","price":174.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/products\/volspeed-v4-for-bosch-gen2-gen3-gen4-motors-not-bosch-smart-system-twe-vs4-1145467738.jpg?v=1741936413"},{"product_id":"speedfun-furious-evo-easy-per-brose-1","title":"SpeedFun Furious Evo Easy per Brose","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nSpeedFun FURIOUS for Brose is a revolutionary tuning kit which suppresses the speed limiter of your electric bike. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAfter installing your SpeedFun, your e-bike’s display will show real data up to 12mph (20km\/h) - at higher speeds, the display will show half speed and relative data making it possible, by simply multiplying in mind by two, the calculation of the actual speed and miles or kilometers traveled.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the SpeedFun work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nAfter installation, your tuning kit will be activated with the activation of your eBike. Maximum speeds of ~30mph (50km\/h) or even faster can be expected, depending on the bike and gearing.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYou can choose the 'On\/Off' or 'Easy' tuning kit: \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e'On\/Off' option\u003c\/b\u003e - The chip can be activated or deactivated anytime during the ride by pressing LIGHT BUTTON.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e'Easy' option\u003c\/b\u003e - The chip is activated automatically when you turn your e-bike on.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich SpeedFun Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThis tuning kit can be installed on ebike with Brose in aluminum (Brose C, Brose T, Brose TF, Brose S) or with Brose motors in magnesium (Brose S Mag) and Continental motors.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nMostly mounted on ebike Axevo, Bergstrom, Besv, BH, Bikel, BMW, Bulls, Campus, Cheetah, Cucuma, Devinci, Diavelo, Douze Cycles, e-Framer, Elops, Fantic, Fischer, FXX Cycles, Head, Hercules, Innata, Kraft Stoff, Leaos, LeeCougan, Olmo, Olympia, M1 Sport Technik, Maxx, Nox Cycles, Neomuv, NSR, Pedal Power, Pedego, Pininfarina, Poison, Pragma Industries, QWIC, Rockrider (Decathlon), Rotwild, Sblocs, Specialized, Sunn, Triobike, VKT regardless of the type of display or side control of the ebike.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Install this tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nInstallation PDF:\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/FURIOUS-EVO-EASY-BROSE-IT-EN-FR_compressed.pdf?v=1739170987\"\u003e Easy version Install PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/FURIOUS-EVO-LUCI-BROSE-IT-EN-FR_compressed.pdf?v=1739170986\"\u003eOn\/Off version Install PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cspan class=\"text-center\"\u003eInstallation video for Specialized Turbo Levo, Kenevo, Tero, Vado and Como\u003c\/span\u003e \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/9MIor-n5s7w\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" loading=\"lazy\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"text-center\"\u003eFor Brose S-Mag motors\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/FahO7NdxtJk\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"text-center\"\u003eFor Specialized Turbo Levo\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/-g4Wxt85Fh0\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use SpeedFun products. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedFun products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedFun products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe use of SpeedFun may void the warranty of your ebike.\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.","brand":"SpeedFun","offers":[{"title":"On\/Off","offer_id":40068586897542,"sku":"TWE-SF-F-LUCI","price":139.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Easy","offer_id":55245175685494,"sku":"TWE-SF-F-EASY","price":139.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/speedfun-furious-evo-easy-per-brose-twe-sf-f-easy-1145465413.jpg?v=1741936411"},{"product_id":"volspeed-e-bike-tuning-kit-for-giant-syncdrive-sport-pro-life-core-v5","title":"VOLspeed E-Bike Tuning Kit for Giant Syncdrive Sport \/ Pro \/ Life \/ Core V5","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe VOLspeed V5 is a smart tuning kit offering the unique capability to set both the speed limit and the downshift behavior, as well as the wheel circumference, via the display. With VOLspeed, you can view real data such as maximum and average speeds, daily mileage, and cruising range. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUnlike other tuning modules that nearly eliminate the speed limit, this module allows for a very sporty riding style with moderate battery consumption by slightly increasing the limit, e.g., to 32 km\/h. If desired, you can adjust the limit using the \"Plus\" and \"Minus\" keys, with possible values ranging from 25 to 45 km\/h (15.5 to 28 mph), the default being 32 km\/h (20 mph). The set value is retained until you decide to change it. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor a more natural riding experience, the dynamic mode expands the downshift across a broader speed range, significantly reducing the so-called \"wall effect.\" \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo be able to use all the functions of the tuning, the display of the total kilometres and the speed is required. If your e-bike does not have a display, you can also use the Ridecontrol app for this.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Volspeed V5 work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed, ensuring smooth motor control free from interruptions by speed limits. The achievable speed largely depends on the eBike model and can be calculated using the following formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1,000,000 [mm\/km] \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVOLspeed can be activated directly on your bike’s controllers by pressing the [- + - +] sequence. Upon activation, the speed limit is displayed for 5 seconds. Default value: 20 mph (32 km\/h). If you would like to change the maximum speed, use the [+\/-] keys. The set value is saved until you change it. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo deactivate the tuning kit, press the [- + - +] sequence again. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe tuning is automatically switched off each time the bike is turned on. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVOLspeed V5 features a \"softer curtailment behavior\" (dynamic mode), which significantly softens the otherwise abrupt deceleration at the speed limit. It ensures correct display of speed, distance covered, and average speed at all times, as well as accurate total mileage of the bike even after the tuning module has been removed. The wheel circumference is adjustable (+\/-10%) to improve the accuracy of the speed display and distance measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Volspeed Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eThis tuning kit is compatible with:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSyncDrive Sport (70Nm), SyncDrive Pro (80Nm), SyncDrive Life (60Nm), SyncDrive Core (55Nm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay type:\u003c\/strong\u003e RideControl Charge, RideContorl EVO, RideDash Plus, RideDash Plus 2, RideDash Evo, RideDash Evo 2.0.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eControl unit: \u003c\/strong\u003eRemote from MY 2017, RideControl Ergo, RideControl Ergo 2, RideControl Ergo 3, RideControl Ergo 4, RideControl GO, RideControl GO 2, RideControl GO Lux, RideControl Dash 2, RideControl Dash 2in1.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eNot compatible with: \u003c\/b\u003e- All original Yamaha motors (PW, PW-X, PW-X2, PW-X3, PW-X4, PW-SE, PW-TE, PW-ST).\u003cbr\u003e- SyncDrive motors before model year 2017.\u003cbr\u003e- SyncDrive Pro2, Pro3, Pro3x, Sport2, Sport3 from model year 2022 onwards. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse without display\u003c\/strong\u003e :To be able to use all the functions of the tuning, the display of the total kilometres and the speed is required. If your e-bike does not have a display, you can also use the Ridecontrol app for this.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen connecting Tuning Kit to an e-bike you will find connectors colored to make installation very simple. We have prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of our tuning kit is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us. If you are planning to install Volspeed on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the tuning kit is activated. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/1420_BA_E_VOLspeed_Giant_V5_Rev0.pdf?v=1784009179\" class=\"btn\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eInstallation Guide PDF \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom: 56.25%; position: relative; display: block; width: 100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/f1hGx0Qug4w\" style=\"position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0;\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use VOLspeed products. Electric bikes equipped with VOLspeed products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with VOLspeed products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk. The use of VOLspeed may void the warranty of your ebike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVOLspeed Products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality. VOLspeed provide 2 years warranty to all their Products!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"VOLspeed","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39721356558470,"sku":"VS-CORE-V5","price":174.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/1155_VOLspeed_3000x2000_8c6191b7-5b48-4e9b-9c2c-3c7b69063c3a.jpg?v=1784008417"},{"product_id":"volspeed-e-bike-tuning-kit-for-giant-syncdrive-pro2-pro3-pro3x-sport2-sport3-v5","title":"VOLspeed E-Bike Tuning Kit for Giant Syncdrive Pro2 \/ Pro3 \/ Pro3x \/ Sport2 \/ Sport3 -  V5","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe device is installed invisibly on the motor from the outside. No cables need to be damaged or modified, the module is simply plugged in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll settings can be conveniently configured using your e-bike's control unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA unique feature of this module is the ability to adjust the speed limit, the motor cut-off characteristics, and the wheel circumference directly via the display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike most tuning modules, which almost completely remove the motor assistance limit, this module allows you to increase the limit only slightly – for example, to 32 km\/h. This provides a noticeably sportier riding experience while maintaining moderate battery consumption. To reduce the abrupt loss of motor assistance at the speed limit, the cut-off range can be extended over twice the normal speed range, resulting in a much smoother transition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo use all tuning functions, your e-bike must be able to display both the total distance (odometer) and the current speed. If your e-bike does not have a display, you can upgrade it with a compatible display such as the RideDash Plus.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Volspeed V5 work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed, ensuring smooth motor control free from interruptions by speed limits. The achievable speed largely depends on the eBike model and can be calculated using the following formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1,000,000 [mm\/km] \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVOLspeed can be activated directly on your bike’s controllers by pressing the [- + - +] sequence. Upon activation, the speed limit is displayed for 5 seconds. Default value: 20 mph (32 km\/h). If you would like to change the maximum speed, use the [+\/-] keys. The set value is saved until you change it. To deactivate the tuning kit, press the [- + - +] sequence again. The tuning is automatically switched off each   time the bike is turned on. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVOLspeed V5 features a \"softer curtailment behavior\" (dynamic mode), which significantly softens the otherwise abrupt deceleration at the speed limit. It ensures correct display of speed, distance covered, and average speed at all times, as well as accurate total mileage of the bike even after the tuning module has been removed. The wheel circumference is adjustable (+\/-10%) to improve the accuracy of the speed display and distance measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Volspeed Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eCompatible with:\u003c\/b\u003e SyncDrive Pro 2 (85Nm), SyncDrive Pro 3 (90Nm), SyncDrive Pro 3x (100Nm), SyncDrive Sport 2 (75Nm), SyncDrive Sport 3 (85Nm) \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay type: \u003c\/strong\u003eRideDash Plus, RideDash Plus 2, RideDash Evo, RideDash Evo 2.0\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eControl Unit:\u003c\/strong\u003e RideControl Ergo, RideControl Ergo 2, RideControl Ergo 3, RideControl Ergo 4, RideControl GO, RideControl GO 2, RideControl GO Lux, RideControl Dash 2, RideControl Dash 2in1\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eNot Compatible with:\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e- All original Yamaha motors (PW, PW-X, PW-X2, PW-X3, PW-X4, PW-SE, PW-TE, PW-ST)\u003cbr\u003e- Giant Syncdrive Sport and Pro motors. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe tuning module only works with e-bikes that have an electric motor support of up to 16mph (25 km\/h) ex works. Children's e-bikes with a support up to 20 km\/h (12 mph) and Speed-e-bikes with a support up to 45 km\/h (28 mph) are not supported. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen connecting Tuning Kit to an e-bike you will find connectors colored to make installation very simple. We have prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of our tuning kit is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us. If you are planning to install Volspeed on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the tuning kit is activated. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/1421_BA_E_VOLspeed_Giant_Pro2_Rev0.pdf?v=1783952608\" class=\"btn\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eInstallation Guide PDF \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom: 56.25%; position: relative; display: block; width: 100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/f1hGx0Qug4w\" style=\"position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0;\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use VOLspeed products. Electric bikes equipped with VOLspeed products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with VOLspeed products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk. The use of VOLspeed may void the warranty of your ebike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVOLspeed Products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality. VOLspeed provide 2 years warranty to all their Products!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"VOLspeed","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39721356918918,"sku":"VS-PRO2-V5","price":179.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/1421_VOLspeed_1536_1024.png?v=1783952661"},{"product_id":"speedbox-1-0-for-impulse-evo-rs","title":"SpeedBox 1.0 for Impulse EVO RS","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSpeedBox 1.0 for Impulse EVO RS\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 400;\"\u003eSpeedBox 1.0 for Impulse 2.0 is a revolutionary tuning kit which suppresses the speed limiter of your electric bike. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cb\u003eSpeedBox 1.0 enables to double the speed limit\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 400;\"\u003e of an e-bike from the original 16mph (25 kph) \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cb\u003eto 31mph (50 kph)\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 400;\"\u003e. When applied, the actual speed is displayed in half values. The display also shows your trip and other aspects of your ride.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpeedBox 1.0 is activated by plugging in the corresponding connector which is delivered with the SpeedBox 1.0 tuning chip for Impulse EVO RS.  \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cb\u003eSpeedBox 1.0 is activated by plugging the wires into the designated connector. \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe electric motor assistance will then function up to the speed of 31mph (50 kph). \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 400;\"\u003eDeactivation is achieved by plugging in the red wire and the original speed limit of 16mph (25 kph) is then reactivated.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eAll SpeedBox's come complete with an instruction manual, you can also find a video tutorial below. \u003cbr\u003eIf you have any questions regarding the setup please do not hesitate in contacting us, we are happy to help. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003eWhich Speedbox Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 400;\"\u003eThis tuning kit is compatible with all E-Bikes; E-MTB; E-Mountain Bikes with \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cb\u003eImpulse EVO RS motor\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003eAssembly\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 400;\"\u003eWhen connecting the SpeedBox tuning kit to an e-bike you will find connectors colored to make installation very simple. We have prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of our tuning chip is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 400;\"\u003eIf you are planning to install SpeedBox on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the chip is activated.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 400;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/watch?v=AyPbSoiKeOw\"\u003eFind the installation video here\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003ci\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLegal\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 400;\"\u003ePlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use SpeedBox products. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk. The use of SpeedBox may void the warranty of your ebike.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 400;\"\u003eWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 400;\"\u003eSpeedBox Products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 400;\"\u003eSpeedBox provide Life Long warranty to all their Products! \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 400;\"\u003eIf You have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact us.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 400;\"\u003eThank you for looking!\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: 400;\"\u003eTwo Wheels Empire Team\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Speedbox","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39724580634758,"sku":"SB1_I_EVO","price":100.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/products\/speedbox-1-0-for-impulse-evo-rs-sb1-i-evo-1145468916.png?v=1741936386"},{"product_id":"speedbox-1-0-for-bosch-smart-system","title":"SpeedBox 1.1 for Bosch Smart System","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpeedBox 1.1 enables you to \u003cb\u003esuppress the speed limiter\u003c\/b\u003e on your e-bike. When in use, the display shows the real speed up to 25 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does SpeedBox 1.1 work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km] \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis tuning chip is also very easy to control. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eActivate\/deactivate the tuning before the ride (when the e-bike is standing still), not during riding!\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003eActivation: one short press of WALK button or + - + - or - + - + (sequence requires to press it all quickly) \u003cbr\u003eIndication: 3.5 kph (2.2 mph) on your display = SpeedBox activated \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter the activation you can reach maximum speed - 22 mph (35 km\/h). Indication of tuning activation 2.2 mph (3.5 km\/h). However we recommend not to exceed 35 km\/h. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf you want to see correct speed and all riding data during your ride, we recommend choosing \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/speedbox-1-0-b-tuning-for-bosch-smart-system\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e SpeedBox 1.1 B.Tuning for Bosch Smart System \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e - you can see the real values in our SpeedBox App – right on the display of your phone. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo deactivate the tuning kit, press the WALK \/ + - + - buttons again. Your e-bike display will show a value of 2.2 mph (3.5 km\/h) and the speed limit will be reset to 16mph (25 km\/h). Your e-bike will then work the same as before the chip installation. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter finishing the ride, leave the e-bike on for a while until SpeedBox finishes the \"countdown\" process (the ride time will continue on the display until it stops and shows the correct distance traveled) to prevent tuning detection on your e-bike. Do not remove the display to lock the e-bike until SpeedBox finishes the \"countdown\" process.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePlease disable automatic updates in the eBike Flow App. And do not us flow app together with tuning kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Speedbox Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tuning chip for e-bikes with the newest Bosch Gen4 motor with Smart System. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eCompatible with:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e- All the Smart System displays \u003cbr\u003e- All the Smart System motors \u003cbr\u003e- Not compatible with e-bikes that have a magnet attached to a valve (Bosch Rim Magnet) and ABS system.\u003cbr\u003e-The module now supports drive unit software version up to 20.27.0\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf your e-bike has Bosch Gen4, Gen3 or Gen2 without Smart System, we recommend \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/speedbox-3-0-ebike-tuning-kit-for-bosch-2014-2022-motor\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e SpeedBox 3.0 (incl. Gen4)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e or \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/speedbox-b-tuning-3-0-for-all-2014-2020-bosch-motors\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e SpeedBox 3.0 B.Tuning (incl. Gen4) \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf your ebike has Bosch Smart system with rim magnet, you would need \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/speedbox-1-2-b-tuning-for-bosch-smart-system-rim-magnet\"\u003eSpeedBox 1.2 B.Tuning for Bosch (Smart System + Rim Magnet)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e or \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/collections\/all\/products\/speedbox-1-2-for-bosch-smart-system-rim-magnet\"\u003e SpeedBox 1.2 for Bosch (Smart System + Rim Magnet)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe use original connectors for the production of SpeedBox chips ensuring that the installation process is very simple and the chip is connected properly. We have also prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of the tuning chip is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us. \u003cbr\u003eIf you are planning to install SpeedBox on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 1 km before the chip is activated. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eImportant:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eConnect the male - female connectors in the direction of the lock. Do not rotate the connectors during connection! \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/speedbox-connection.png?v=1670584224\" alt=\"\"\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom: 56.25%; position: relative; display: block; width: 100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/eaerAdy2P7o?si=dD2Q7r9VlRuA43CH\" style=\"position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0;\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use SpeedBox products. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe use of SpeedBox may void the warranty of your ebike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSpeedBox Products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality. SpeedBox provide Life Long warranty to all their Products! \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf You have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact us. Thank you for looking! Two Wheels Empire Team\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Speedbox","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39730917310598,"sku":"SB11_SS","price":229.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/speedbox-1-1-for-bosch-smart-system-sb11-ss-1145467221.jpg?v=1741936377"},{"product_id":"speedbox-1-0-b-tuning-for-bosch-smart-system","title":"SpeedBox 1.1 B.Tuning for Bosch Smart System","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpeedBox 1.1 enables you to \u003cb\u003esuppress the speed limiter\u003c\/b\u003e on your e-bike. When in use, the display shows the real speed up to 25 km\/h. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith B.Tuning version you can see the real values in our SpeedBox App – right on the display of your phone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does SpeedBox 1.1 B.Tuning work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km] \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis tuning chip is also very easy to control. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eActivate\/deactivate the tuning before the ride (when the e-bike is standing still), not during riding!\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003eActivation: one short press of WALK button or + - + - or - + - + (sequence requires to press it all quickly) \u003cbr\u003eIndication: 3.5 kph (2.2 mph) on your display = SpeedBox activated \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter the activation you can reach maximum speed - 22 mph (35 km\/h). Indication of tuning activation 2.2 mph (3.5 km\/h). However we recommend not to exceed 35 km\/h. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe tuning with Bluetooth technology and mobile app for your e-bike with Bosch Gen4 motor and Smart System. Enjoy your unlimited ride and all the great functions that our SpeedBox App has to offer. \u003cbr\u003eSpeedBox 1.1 B.Tuning for Bosch brings a unique connection of e-bike and mobile phone and suppresses the speed limiter on your e-bike. \u003cbr\u003eThe actual speed and other riding data will be displayed correctly in our SpeedBox App - right on the display of your phone. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo deactivate the tuning kit, press the WALK \/ + - + - buttons again. Your e-bike display will show a value of 2.2 mph (3.5 km\/h) and the speed limit will be reset to 16mph (25 km\/h). Your e-bike will then work the same as before the chip installation. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter finishing the ride, leave the e-bike on for a while until SpeedBox finishes the \"countdown\" process (the ride time will continue on the display until it stops and shows the correct distance traveled) to prevent tuning detection on your e-bike. Do not remove the display to lock the e-bike until SpeedBox finishes the \"countdown\" process.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePlease disable automatic updates in the eBike Flow App. And do not us flow app together with tuning kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Speedbox Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tuning chip for e-bikes with the newest Bosch Gen4 motor with Smart System. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eCompatible with:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e- All the Smart System displays \u003cbr\u003e- All the Smart System motors \u003cbr\u003e- SpeedBox App\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003e- Not compatible with e-bikes that have a magnet attached to a valve (Bosch Rim Magnet).\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eNot compatible with with e-bikes with Bosch ABS system and ABS system\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe module now supports drive unit software version up to 20.27.0 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIn case of updating the software of your e-bike, uninstall SpeedBox from the e-bike first, update the software and reinstall SpeedBox. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf your e-bike has Bosch Gen4, Gen3 or Gen2 without Smart System, we recommend \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/speedbox-3-0-ebike-tuning-kit-for-bosch-2014-2022-motor\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e SpeedBox 3.0 (incl. Gen4)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e or \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/speedbox-b-tuning-3-0-for-all-2014-2020-bosch-motors\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e SpeedBox 3.0 B.Tuning (incl. Gen4) \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf your ebike has Bosch Smart system with rim magnet, you would need \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/speedbox-1-2-b-tuning-for-bosch-smart-system-rim-magnet\"\u003eSpeedBox 1.2 B.Tuning for Bosch (Smart System + Rim Magnet)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e or \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/collections\/all\/products\/speedbox-1-2-for-bosch-smart-system-rim-magnet\"\u003e SpeedBox 1.2 for Bosch (Smart System + Rim Magnet)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe use original connectors for the production of SpeedBox chips ensuring that the installation process is very simple and the chip is connected properly. We have also prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of the tuning chip is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf you are planning to install SpeedBox on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 1 km before the chip is activated. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eImportant:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eConnect the male - female connectors in the direction of the lock. Do not rotate the connectors during connection! \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/speedbox-connection.png?v=1670584224\" alt=\"\"\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom: 56.25%; position: relative; display: block; width: 100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/eaerAdy2P7o?si=dD2Q7r9VlRuA43CH\" style=\"position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0;\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use SpeedBox products. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe use of SpeedBox may void the warranty of your ebike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSpeedBox Products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality. SpeedBox provide Life Long warranty to all their Products! \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf You have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact us. Thank you for looking! Two Wheels Empire Team\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Speedbox","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39730917900422,"sku":"SB11_BT_SS","price":269.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/speedbox-1-1-b-tuning-for-bosch-smart-system-sb11-bt-ss-1145467220.jpg?v=1741936375"},{"product_id":"speedbox-1-2-b-tuning-for-shimano-e8000-e7000-e6100-e5000","title":"SpeedBox 1.2 B.Tuning for Shimano (E8000, E7000, E6100, E5000)","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nFrom the ground up redesigned tuning chip for your e-bike with a Shimano motor – with a new design, completely new hardware and firmware, and Bluetooth technology to connect your e-bike with a mobile app.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeedBox 1.2 B.Tuning offers a unique connection between your e-bike and mobile phone. This tuning chip is a top-notch product perfectly optimized for the most powerful ride and experience. It suppresses the speed limiter so you can enjoy your ride at unlimited speed. After pairing with the SpeedBox App mobile application, you will see real riding data on your phone’s display. You may also set the speed limit of your own choice. Monitor and store all the parameters of your trip on the display of your phone in any place, anytime.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does SpeedBox 1.2B work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula:\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe SpeedBox 1.3 tuning chip enables you to suppress the speed limiter on your electric bike. This unlocks the power of the Shimano motor, allowing you to achieve unlimited speed. When in use, the actual speed will appear on your display up to 14 mph (23 km\/h).\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe manufacturer recommends keeping the maximum speed for Giant models up to 21-22 mph (35 km\/h).\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTo see the correct speed and all riding data during your ride, refer to the SpeedBox App on your smartphone.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/sb12bt_s-6c.jpg?v=1716196348\" class=\"img-fluid\"\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis tuning chip is very easy to control - via mobile app or by turning on\/off the lights. If the lights are turned off, SpeedBox is activated. The chip can be easily deactivated by turning on the lights. A new feature in this SpeedBox version is the possibility of activating the double-click function in the app. By activating this function, the lights become independent of tuning. By double-clicking on the LIGHT button, the lights will flash, and the tuning will turn on. If you double-click on the button again, the tuning will turn off and the e-bike will work the same as without a chip.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYou can set the preferable maximum speed limit in the app.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Speedbox Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nCompared to previous versions, this new product also plugs into the engine's E-Tube port. It is therefore necessary that the e-bike motor in which you are going to install the new version of SpeedBox for Shimano has one free E-Tube port. In case you do not have a free E-Tube port in the motor, please select “+E-Tube Port” variant. It is highly recommended to open the motor and refer to product pictures if you are uncertain about the situation under the cover.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nE-bikes, which do not have a free E-Tube port, are usually those with a Di2 electronic gear shifting system, or with a tube integrated Satellite System ON\/OFF Switch (EW-SW100, EW-SW300).\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis tuning kit is not compatible with EP8 motors. You would need \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/collections\/all\/products\/speedbox-1-3-for-shimano-ep8?variant=40053690105990\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSpeedbox 1.3 for Shimano EP8\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis tuning kit is not compatible with EP801 and EP6 motors. You would need \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/collections\/all\/products\/peartune-3-0-tuning-kit-for-shimano-ep801-and-ep6-motors\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e Peartune for Shimano EP801 and EP6 motors.\u003c\/a\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nWe use original connectors for the production of SpeedBox chips ensuring that the installation process is very simple and the chip is connected properly. We have also prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of the tuning chip is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us.\n\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you are planning to install SpeedBox on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 1 km before the chip is activated.\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/SB12BT_S_connection.pdf?v=1669984337\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eInstallation Guide PDF \u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/DQaW6irHP6A\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use SpeedBox products. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe use of SpeedBox may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeedBox Products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality. SpeedBox provide Life Long warranty to all their Products!\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf You have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact us. Thank you for looking! Two Wheels Empire Team","brand":"Speedbox","offers":[{"title":"'+E Tube Port","offer_id":40053690171526,"sku":"SB12_S_BT_E8000+E","price":319.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Normal","offer_id":39802646298758,"sku":"SB12_S_BT_E8000","price":309.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/products\/speedbox-1-2-b-tuning-for-shimano-e8000-e7000-e6100-e5000-1145468554.jpg?v=1741936372"},{"product_id":"speedbox-1-2-for-shimano-e8000-e7000-e6100-e5000","title":"SpeedBox 1.2 for Shimano (E8000, E7000, E6100, E5000)","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nFrom the ground up redesigned tuning chip for your e-bike with a Shimano motor – with a new design and completely new hardware and firmware.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe SpeedBox 1.2 tuning chip allows you to suppress the speed limiter on your electric bike, unlocking the full power of the Shimano motor and enabling you to achieve unlimited speed.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNote: The Speedbox App is an application specially designed for Speedbox B. Tuning products only. With a non-Bluetooth Speedbox product like this one, the Speedbox App is unavailable.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"speedbox-1-2-b-tuning-for-shimano-e8000-e7000-e6100-e5000\"\u003eSpeedBox 1.2 B.Tuning for Shimano (E8000, E7000, E6100, E5000)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does SpeedBox 1.2 work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula:\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe SpeedBox 1.2 tuning chip enables you to suppress the speed limiter on your electric bike. This unlocks the power of the Shimano motor, allowing you to achieve unlimited speed. When in use, the actual speed will appear on your display up to 14 mph (23 km\/h).\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe manufacturer recommends keeping the maximum speed for Giant models up to 21-22 mph (35 km\/h).\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you want to see correct speed and all riding data during your ride, we recommend choosing \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/collections\/all\/products\/speedbox-1-2-b-tuning-for-shimano-e8000-e7000-e6100-e5000?variant=40053690171526\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSpeedBox 1.2 B.Tuning for Shimano \u003c\/a\u003e - you can see the real values in our SpeedBox App – right on the display of your phone.\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/sb12bt_s-6c.jpg?v=1716196348\" class=\"img-fluid\"\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis tuning chip can be easily controlled with the LIGHT button. If the lights are off, SpeedBox is activated. The chip can be deactivated by turning on the lights. If your eBike does not have lights or the function is not active, or if you prefer your tuning kit to work independently of the lights, do not connect the red wire during installation. This will keep the tuning always activated.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Speedbox Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nCompared to previous versions, this new product also plugs into the engine's E-Tube port. It is therefore necessary that the e-bike motor in which you are going to install the new version of SpeedBox for Shimano has one free E-Tube port. In case you do not have a free E-Tube port in the motor, please select “+E-Tube Port” variant. It is highly recommended to open the motor and refer to product pictures if you are uncertain about the situation under the cover.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nE-bikes, which do not have a free E-Tube port, are usually those with a Di2 electronic gear shifting system, or with a tube integrated Satellite System ON\/OFF Switch (EW-SW100, EW-SW300).\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis tuning kit is not compatible with EP8 motors. You would need \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/collections\/all\/products\/speedbox-1-3-for-shimano-ep8?variant=40053690105990\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSpeedbox 1.3 for Shimano EP8\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis tuning kit is not compatible with EP801 and EP6 motors. You would need \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/collections\/all\/products\/peartune-3-0-tuning-kit-for-shimano-ep801-and-ep6-motors\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e Peartune for Shimano EP801 and EP6 motors.\u003c\/a\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nWe use original connectors for the production of SpeedBox chips ensuring that the installation process is very simple and the chip is connected properly. We have also prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of the tuning chip is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us.\n\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you are planning to install SpeedBox on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 1 km before the chip is activated.\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/SB12BT_S_connection.pdf?v=1669984337\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eInstallation Guide PDF \u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/DQaW6irHP6A\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use SpeedBox products. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe use of SpeedBox may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeedBox Products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality. SpeedBox provide Life Long warranty to all their Products!\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf You have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact us. Thank you for looking! Two Wheels Empire Team","brand":"Speedbox","offers":[{"title":"'+E Tube Port","offer_id":40053690138758,"sku":"SB12_S_E8000+E","price":239.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Normal","offer_id":39802646331526,"sku":"SB12_S_E8000","price":229.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/products\/speedbox-1-2-for-shimano-e8000-e7000-e6100-e5000-1145468562.jpg?v=1741936369"},{"product_id":"speedbox-1-3-for-shimano-ep8","title":"SpeedBox 1.3 for Shimano (EP8)","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nFrom the ground up redesigned tuning chip for your e-bike with a Shimano motor – with a new design and completely new hardware and firmware.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe SpeedBox 1.3 tuning chip allows you to suppress the speed limiter on your electric bike, unlocking the full power of the Shimano motor and enabling you to achieve unlimited speed.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNote: The Speedbox App is an application specially designed for Speedbox B. Tuning products only. With a non-Bluetooth Speedbox product like this one, the Speedbox App is unavailable.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"speedbox-1-3-b-tuning-for-shimano-ep8\"\u003eSpeedBox 1.3 B.Tuning for Shimano (EP8)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does SpeedBox 1.3 work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nThe SpeedBox 1.3 tuning chip enables you to suppress the speed limiter on your electric bike. This unlocks the power of the Shimano motor, allowing you to achieve unlimited speed. When in use, the actual speed will appear on your display up to 14 mph (23 km\/h).\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe manufacturer recommends keeping the maximum speed for Giant models up to 21-22 mph (35 km\/h).\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you want to see correct speed and all riding data during your ride, we recommend choosing SpeedBox 1.3 B.Tuning for Shimano - you can see the real values in our SpeedBox App – right on the display of your phone.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/sb13_s-6c.jpg?v=1716193841\"\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis tuning chip can be easily controlled with the LIGHT button. If the lights are off, SpeedBox is activated. The chip can be deactivated by turning on the lights. If your eBike does not have lights or the function is not active, or if you prefer your tuning kit to work independently of the lights, do not connect the red wire during installation. This will keep the tuning always activated.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Speedbox Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nCompared to previous versions, this new product also plugs into the engine's E-Tube port. It is therefore necessary that the e-bike motor in which you are going to install the new version of SpeedBox for Shimano has one free E-Tube port. In case you do not have a free E-Tube port in the motor, please select “+E-Tube Port” variant. It is highly recommended to open the motor and refer to product pictures if you are uncertain about the situation under the cover. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nE-bikes, which do not have a free E-Tube port, are usually those with a Di2 electronic gear shifting system, or with a tube integrated Satellite System ON\/OFF Switch (EW-SW100, EW-SW300).\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis tuning kit does not support Shimano EP801 and EP6 motors. For Shimano EP801 and EP6 motors you would need \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/collections\/all\/products\/peartune-3-0-tuning-kit-for-shimano-ep801-and-ep6-motors\"\u003ePeartune for Shimano EP801 and EP6\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor the Shimano E8000, E7000, E6100, E5000 motors, you would need \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/speedbox-1-2-for-shimano-e8000-e7000-e6100-e5000\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSpeedbox Shimano 1.2 tuning kit. \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nWe use original connectors for the production of SpeedBox chips ensuring that the installation process is very simple and the chip is connected properly. We have also prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of the tuning chip is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you are planning to install SpeedBox on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the chip is activated.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/j64faea9e7cd74-sb13-s-manual-en.pdf?v=1716194128\" class=\"btn\"\u003eInstallation guide\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ES7kvsALX1c\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use SpeedBox products. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe use of SpeedBox may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeedBox Products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality. SpeedBox provide Life Long warranty to all their Products!\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf You have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact us. Thank you for looking! Two Wheels Empire Team","brand":"Speedbox","offers":[{"title":"'+E Tube Port","offer_id":40053690105990,"sku":"SB13_S_EP8+E","price":239.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Normal","offer_id":39802645479558,"sku":"SB13_S_EP8","price":229.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/products\/speedbox-1-3-for-shimano-ep8-sb13-s-ep8-1145468561.jpg?v=1741936365"},{"product_id":"speedbox-1-3-b-tuning-for-shimano-ep8","title":"SpeedBox 1.3 B.Tuning for Shimano (EP8)","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nFrom the ground up redesigned tuning chip for your e-bike with a Shimano motor – with a new design, completely new hardware and firmware, and Bluetooth technology to connect your e-bike with a mobile app.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeedBox 1.3 B.Tuning offers a unique connection between your e-bike and mobile phone. This tuning chip is a top-notch product perfectly optimized for the most powerful ride and experience. It suppresses the speed limiter so you can enjoy your ride at unlimited speed. After pairing with the SpeedBox App mobile application, you will see real riding data on your phone’s display. You may also set the speed limit of your own choice. Monitor and store all the parameters of your trip on the display of your phone in any place, anytime.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does SpeedBox 1.3 B. Tuning work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nThe SpeedBox 1.3 tuning chip enables you to suppress the speed limiter on your electric bike. This unlocks the power of the Shimano motor, allowing you to achieve unlimited speed. When in use, the actual speed will appear on your display up to 14 mph (23 km\/h).\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe manufacturer recommends keeping the maximum speed for Giant models up to 21-22 mph (35 km\/h).\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTo see the correct speed and all riding data during your ride, refer to the SpeedBox App on your smartphone.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/sb13_s-6c.jpg?v=1716193841\" class=\"img-fluid\"\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis tuning chip is very easy to control - via mobile app or by turning on\/off the lights. If the lights are turned off, SpeedBox is activated. The chip can be easily deactivated by turning on the lights. A new feature in this SpeedBox version is the possibility of activating the double-click function in the app. By activating this function, the lights become independent of tuning. By double-clicking on the LIGHT button, the lights will flash, and the tuning will turn on. If you double-click on the button again, the tuning will turn off and the e-bike will work the same as without a chip. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYou can set the preferable maximum speed limit in the app.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Speedbox Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nCompared to previous versions, this new product also plugs into the engine's E-Tube port. It is therefore necessary that the e-bike motor in which you are going to install the new version of SpeedBox for Shimano has one free E-Tube port. In case you do not have a free E-Tube port in the motor, please select “+E-Tube Port” variant. It is highly recommended to open the motor and refer to product pictures if you are uncertain about the situation under the cover. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nE-bikes, which do not have a free E-Tube port, are usually those with a Di2 electronic gear shifting system, or with a tube integrated Satellite System ON\/OFF Switch (EW-SW100, EW-SW300).\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis tuning kit does not support Shimano EP801 and EP6 motors. For Shimano EP801 and EP6 motors you would need \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/collections\/all\/products\/peartune-3-0-tuning-kit-for-shimano-ep801-and-ep6-motors\"\u003ePeartune for Shimano EP801 and EP6\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor the Shimano E8000, E7000, E6100, E5000 motors, you would need \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/speedbox-1-2-for-shimano-e8000-e7000-e6100-e5000\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSpeedbox Shimano 1.2 tuning kit. \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nWe use original connectors for the production of SpeedBox chips ensuring that the installation process is very simple and the chip is connected properly. We have also prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of the tuning chip is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you are planning to install SpeedBox on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the chip is activated.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/j64faea9e7cd74-sb13-s-manual-en.pdf?v=1716194128\" class=\"btn\"\u003eInstallation guide\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ES7kvsALX1c\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use SpeedBox products. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe use of SpeedBox may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeedBox Products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality. SpeedBox provide Life Long warranty to all their Products!\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf You have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact us. Thank you for looking! Two Wheels Empire Team","brand":"Speedbox","offers":[{"title":"'+E Tube Port","offer_id":40053690073222,"sku":"SB13_S_BT_EP8+E","price":319.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Normal","offer_id":39802646200454,"sku":"SB13_S_BT_EP8","price":309.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/products\/speedbox-1-3-b-tuning-for-shimano-ep8-sb13-s-bt-ep8-1145468560.jpg?v=1741936360"},{"product_id":"e-bike-emtb-tuning-kit-volspeed-v3-for-yamaha-pw-x-pw-x2-pw-se-pw-st-pw-te-v3","title":"VOLspeed V3 - Yamaha PW-X \/ PW-X2 \/ PW-SE \/ PW-ST \/ PW-TE \/ PW-CE \/ Air Drive","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nA smart Tuning Kit Volspeed V3 with an option to set a speed limit of an e-bike of your own choice. After the chip is installed, your e-bike’s display will show real data, such as maximum and average speeds, daily mileage and cruising range. In contrast to the almost complete elimination of the speed limit with other tuning modules, this module still allows a very sporty riding style with moderate battery consumption by slightly increasing the limit, e.g. to 32km\/h.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor a more natural riding experience, the dynamic mode spreads the downshift over a wider speed range, the so-called \"wall effect\" is significantly reduced.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Volspeed V3 work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nThe tuning kit can be activated directly on your bike’s display. After pressing the arrow keys '↓↑↓↑' starting from the support level 'High - STD - Hight - STD - Hight'. After Tuning kit activation speed limit is displayed for 5 seconds. If you would like to change maximum speed, just press arrows button 'Up' or 'Down' keys. Possible values: 16... 28mph (25... 45 km\/h). Default value: 20mph (32 km\/h). The set value is saved. The value will be saved if you will not press any button for 5 seconds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTo deactivate the tuning kit, press the '↓↑↓↑ ' buttons again.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe tuning is always switched off after switching on the bike. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is possible to set a \"softer curtailment behavior\" (dynamic mode). This significantly softens the otherwise very abrupt deceleration at the speed limit. Correct display of the speed, the distance covered and the average speed at all times.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Volspeed Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eTuning kit is compatible with\u003c\/b\u003e Yamaha PW-X \/ PW-X2 \/ PW-SE \/ PW-ST \/ PW-TE \/ PW-CE \/ Air Drive  motors up to now.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe tuning module only works with e-bikes that have an electric motor support of up to 16mph (25km\/h) ex works. Children's e-bikes with a support up to 12mph (20km\/h) and Speed-e-bikes with a support up to 28mph (45km\/h) are not supported. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatibility table:\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/volspeed-v3-yamaha-table.jpg?v=1671020887\" alt=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eThe tuning is NOT compatible with the following motors: \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n- Yamaha PW, PW-X3\u003cbr\u003e\n- all Giant Syncdrive motors\u003cbr\u003e\n- Yamaha YDX Moro US (American) eBike model\u003cbr\u003e\n- Yamaha bikes that were produced in Asian markets (might have different connectors)\u003cbr\u003e\n- Yamaha Crosscore RC\u003cbr\u003e\n- Yamaha Wabash RT\u003cbr\u003e\n- Ergo 900 display is not supported as well.\u003cbr\u003e\n- GasGas US Version (28mph).\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nWhen connecting Tuning Kit to an e-bike you will find connectors colored to make installation very simple. We have prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of our tuning kit is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us. If you are planning to install Volspeed on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the tuning kit is activated.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/1232_BA_E_Rev1_VOLspeed_Yamaha_PWX_V3.pdf?v=1731939947\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eInstallation Guide PDF \u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/VfDsw-WYWho\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use VOLspeed products. Electric bikes equipped with VOLspeed products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with VOLspeed products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk. The use of VOLspeed may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nVOLspeed Products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality. VOLspeed provide 2 years warranty to all their Products!","brand":"VOLspeed","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39775153619078,"sku":"TWE-VSY3","price":174.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/products\/volspeed-v3-yamaha-pw-x-pw-x2-pw-se-pw-st-pw-te-pw-ce-air-drive-twe-vsy3-1145468160.jpg?v=1741936352"},{"product_id":"peartune-mso-for-bosch-smart-system-e-bike-e-mtb-tuning-kit","title":"PearTune MSO 4.0 for Bosch Smart System e-Bike e-MTB Tuning kit","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeartune tuning kit removes the 16mph (25km\/h) speed limit, allowing the motor to help you at higher speeds. With the speed limit removed, 28-37mph (~45-60km\/h) can be expected, depending on the bicycle and gearing. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter exceeding 16mph (25km\/h) your actual speed is indicated on the last two digits of the display. This works with km\/h only. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eExample: \u003cbr\u003e- \u003cb\u003e22.3\u003c\/b\u003e corresponds to a speed of \u003cb\u003e23 km\/h\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e- \u003cb\u003e23.1\u003c\/b\u003e corresponds to a speed of \u003cb\u003e31 km\/h\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the Peartune work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km] \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe tuning kit can be activated directly on your bike’s display. After pressing the \u003cb\u003e'WALK' or '+ - + -' buttons\u003c\/b\u003e, from now on you will be able to ride at a speed of 25 mph (40 km\/h) and even up to 31 mph (50 km\/h)! \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo deactivate the tuning kit, press the 'WALK' or '+ - + -' buttons again. Your e-bike will then work the same as before installation of the chip. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eService menu video:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom: 56.25%; position: relative; display: block; width: 100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/mcyK7NXjML8\" style=\"position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0;\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePlease disable automatic updates in the eBike Flow App. And do not us flow app together with tuning kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to use Peartune Service Menu?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PearTune MSO 4.0 can be activated or deactivated anytime during the ride by short-pressing the LIGHT\/WALK button or [+ -] buttons. Original function of these buttons remains unchanged. After activating PearTune - you will be able to ride at a speed of 25 mph (40 km\/h), 31 mph (50 km\/h) and even more than 37 mph (60 km\/h)! \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSpecialized: Activation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons or ONE LONG press of + Indication: displayed number 9.9\/4.0 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBosch: Activation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons Indication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBosch Smart System: Activation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] Indication: displayed number around 19.0\/12.0 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBrose: Activation: ONE short press of LIGHT button or TWO short press of LIGHT button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons Indication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGiant: Activation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons Indication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGiant Ridecontrol GO: Activation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons Indication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYamaha PW-X3 PW-S2: Activation: TWO short press of LIGHT button Indication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles) InterfaceX no indication, only if any App for Yamaha e-bikes avalaible\u2028\u2028Yamaha PW-X\/SE\/TE\/X2\/CE\/ST\u2028Activation: TWO short presses of the LIGHT button Indication: displayed number 9\/2 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTQ Flyon: Activation: ONE short press of LIGHTS button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons Indication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles) \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/PearTune-MSO-manual-for-Service-menu-of-the-chip-Bosch-SMART_EN_87c7a41c-9265-42c6-b01e-fb172953d535.pdf?v=1718717632\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eService menu manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this Peartune the right tuning kit for my bike?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tuning chip for e-bikes with the newest Bosch Gen4 motor with Smart System. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eCompatible with:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e- displays KIOX 300, KIOX 300, PURION 200, INTUVIA 100 \u003cbr\u003e- motors Bosch Gen4 + Smart System - The module now supports drive unit software version up to 20.27.0\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot compatible with e-bikes that have a magnet attached to a valve (Bosch Rim Magnet). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot compatible with with e-bikes with Bosch ABS system \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf your e-bike has Bosch Gen4, Gen3 or Gen2 without Smart System, we recommend \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/e-bike-e-mtb-tuning-kit-peartune-mso-3-0-for-bosch\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ePeartune 3.0 for Bosch (incl. Gen4)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e or \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/e-bike-e-mtb-tuning-kit-peartune-4-0-for-bosch-not-smart-system\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ePeartune 4.0 for Bosch (incl. Gen4)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen connecting Tuning Kit to an e-bike you will find connectors colored to make installation very simple. We have prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of our tuning kit is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf you are planning to install Peartune on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the tuning kit is activated. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/MANUAL_-_Bosch_Brose_Yamaha_Giant_Oli_Sachs_Bafang_M500_Specialized_with_original_connectors_EN.pdf?v=1671700645\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eInstallation Guide PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center\"\u003eATTENTION: If you wish to simply activate and use the tuning kit, follow the step 1 and step 4 of the video.\u003cbr\u003eIf you wish to see the closest possible speedometer value in KM\/h, follow the steps 1,2,3,4.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom: 56.25%; position: relative; display: block; width: 100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/-PIDzHCS5WM\" style=\"position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0;\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use of Peartune products. Electric bikes equipped with Peartune products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with Peartune products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk. The use of Peartune products may void the warranty of your ebike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePeartune products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality - Peartune provides Lifetime warranty to all their products.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PearTune","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39778037727366,"sku":"PT-MSO-4.0-B2-SMART","price":239.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/peartune-mso-4-0-for-bosch-smart-system-e-bike-e-mtb-tuning-kit-pt-mso-4-0-b2-smart-1145465358.webp?v=1741936348"},{"product_id":"speedbox-3-2-for-yamaha-pw-se-pw-x-pw-te-pw-x2-pw-st-motors","title":"SpeedBox 3.2 for Yamaha PW-SE \/ PW-X \/ PW-TE \/ PW-X2 \/ PW-ST motors","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nSpeedBox 3.2 tuning chip enables to select speed limit of your own choice. After the chip is installed, your e-bike’s display will show real data, such as maximum and average speeds, daily mileage and cruising range.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNote: The Speedbox App is an application specially designed for Speedbox B. Tuning products only. With a non-Bluetooth Speedbox product like this one, the Speedbox App is unavailable.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/speedbox-3-2-b-tuning-for-yamaha-pw-se-pw-x-pw-te-pw-x2-pw-st-motors\"\u003eSpeedBox 3.2 B. Tuning for Yamaha PW-SE \/ PW-X \/ PW-TE \/ PW-X2 \/ PW-ST motors\u003c\/a\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does SpeedBox 3.2 work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe tuning kit can be activated directly on your bike’s display.  After pressing the \u003cb\u003eLIGHT button or ↑↓↑↓,\u003c\/b\u003e a value of 99 km\/h (62 mph) is displayed and from now on you will be able to ride at an unlimited speed.\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nTo deactivate the tuning kit, press the LIGHT button or ↑↓↑↓ again. The value of 25 km\/h (16 mph) will appear on your display and the speed limit will reset to 25 km\/h. Your e-bike will then work the same as before installation of the chip.\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you want to control your SpeedBox and lights separately, use the combination of ↑↓↑↓ buttons. By pressing the arrows in that order you can activate and deactivate SpeedBox anytime independently of the lights control.\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nYou can set the maximum speed of an electric assistance by switching modes three levels down and then three levels up. An actual speed limit will be displayed after that. The maximum speed of an electric assistance can be switched by pressing LIGHT button shortly or by turning the rear wheel 360°. The last displayed limit will be saved after 5 seconds of inactivity.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIn case of updating the software of your e-bike, uninstall SpeedBox from the e-bike first, update the software and reinstall SpeedBox.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Speedbox Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatible with motors:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n   PW-SE\u003cbr\u003e\n   PW-X\u003cbr\u003e\n   PW-TE\u003cbr\u003e\n   PW-X2\u003cbr\u003e\n   PW-ST\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNot compatible with e-bikes:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n   Yamaha UrbanRush\u003cbr\u003e\n   CrossCore\u003cbr\u003e\n   CrossConnect\u003cbr\u003e\n   Wabash\u003cbr\u003e\n   YDX-Torc\u003cbr\u003e\n   YDX-Moro\u003cbr\u003e\n   YDX-Moro Pro\u003cbr\u003e\n   YPJ\u003cbr\u003e\nGasGas US Version (28mph) e-bikes \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNot compatible with:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n   SpeedBox App\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nWhen connecting Tuning Kit to an e-bike you will find connectors colored to make installation \u003cb\u003every simple.\u003c\/b\u003e We have prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of our tuning kit is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us. If you are planning to install SpeedBox on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the tuning kit is activated.\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/sb32-y-manual-en.pdf?v=1738583157\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eInstallation Guide PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/bjCUO1WKahA?si=6hzBxZNC0wtAgSim\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Legal Note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use SpeedBox products. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe use of SpeedBox may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeedBox Products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality. SpeedBox provide Life Long warranty to all their Products!\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf You have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact us. Thank you for looking! Two Wheels Empire Team","brand":"Speedbox","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40041415835782,"sku":"SB32_Y_1","price":209.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/speedbox-3-2-for-yamaha-pw-se-pw-x-pw-te-pw-x2-pw-st-motors-sb32-y-1-1145465487.jpg?v=1741936196"},{"product_id":"speedbox-3-0-for-giant-2017-2023","title":"SpeedBox 3.2 for Giant SyncDrive Sport, SyncDrive Core, SyncDrive Life, SyncDrive (2017-2021)","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nSpeedBox 3.2 for Giant is a revolutionary tuning kit which \u003cb\u003esuppresses the speed limiter of your electric bike.\u003c\/b\u003e\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAfter installing your SpeedBox, the display will show actual values such as maximum speed, average speed, distance travelled daily and range. And you can reach unlimited speed.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNote: The Speedbox App is an application specially designed for Speedbox B. Tuning products only. With a non-Bluetooth Speedbox product like this one, the Speedbox App is unavailable.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/speedbox-3-2-b-tuning-for-giant-syncdrive-sport-syncdrive-core-syncdrive-life-syncdrive-2017-2021\"\u003eSpeedbox 3.2 B.Tuning Giant SyncDrive Sport, SyncDrive Core, SyncDrive Life, SyncDrive (2017-2021)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does SpeedBox 3.2 work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nYou will activate the SpeedBox tuning directly on your e-bike’s control unit by activating the WALK assist function shortly. Do not activate while riding. Your e-bike display will show a value of 5.0 km\/h (3.1 mph) and from now on you will be able to ride up to 50 km\/h. You may change the default speed limit to any limit you want (up to 99 km\/h), however, to minimize the risk of error codes, we recommend not to exceed 50 km\/h.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTo deactivate the tuning, activate the WALK assist function shortly again. Do not deactivate while riding. Your e-bike display will show a value of 2.5 km\/h (1.6 mph) and the speed limit will be reset to 25 km\/h. Your e-bike will then work the same as before the tuning installation.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeedBox was also designed for e-bikes that do not have a classic control unit with Walk button. In this case you can just use the combination of \u003cb\u003e+ - + - \u003c\/b\u003ebuttons and SpeedBox will be activated. You can easily deactivate SpeedBox in the same way.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYou can set the maximum speed of an electric assistance by switching modes three levels down and then three levels up. An actual speed limit will be displayed after that. The maximum speed of an electric assistance can be switched by pressing WALK button shortly or by turning the rear wheel 360°. The value of 1.5 km\/h on the display corresponds with the limit of 15 km\/h, 2 km\/h corresponds with the limit of 20 km\/h, 2.5 corresponds with 25 km\/h, 3.0 corresponds with 30 km\/h, 5.0 corresponds with 50 km\/h etc. The last displayed limit will be saved after 5 seconds of inactivity.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAfter finishing the ride, leave the bike on until a value of 0.0 km\/h is displayed. During this process the remaining time will be displayed. Then it is safe to turn off your bike and you can start looking forward to your next trip. Do not remove the display to lock the e-bike until SpeedBox finishes the \"countdown\" process.\u003c\/b\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Speedbox Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatible with motors:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n   SyncDrive Sport, 70nm\u003cbr\u003e\n   SyncDrive Core\u003cbr\u003e\n   SyncDrive Life\u003cbr\u003e\n   SyncDrive (2017-2021), 80 nm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nCompatible with DISPLAYS:\n\u003cbr\u003e\nEVO, EVO-SG, CHARGE and PLUS, as well as the control units ONE, DASH 2 IN 1-SG, ERGO-SG and ERGO2-SG.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNot compatible with:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n   SyncDrive Pro 2 (85 nm) + RideControl Go\u003cbr\u003e\n   SyncDrive Sport 2 (75 nm) + RideControl Dash\u003cbr\u003e\n   Giant Revolt E+ (2022 - 2024)\u003cbr\u003e\n   SpeedBox App\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nWhen connecting the SpeedBox tuning kit to an e-bike you will find connectors colored to make installation very simple. We have prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of our tuning chip is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you are planning to install SpeedBox on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the chip is activated.\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/sb33bt-y-manual-en.pdf?v=1738312869\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eInstallation Guide PDF \u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/Sx8KzAuL8Js?si=9w5MB2sIHciTmkmV\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Legal Note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use SpeedBox products. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe use of SpeedBox may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeedBox Products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality. SpeedBox provide Life Long warranty to all their Products!\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf You have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact us. Thank you for looking! Two Wheels Empire Team","brand":"Speedbox","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40039097860230,"sku":"SB32_G","price":209.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/speedbox-3-2-for-giant-syncdrive-sport-syncdrive-core-syncdrive-life-syncdrive-2017-2021-sb32-g-1145465544.webp?v=1741936193"},{"product_id":"speedbox-3-1-for-giant-ridecontrol-go","title":"SpeedBox 3.3 for Giant SyncDrive Pro3, Pro3X,  Pro 2, SyncDrive Sport 2 with RideControl Dash","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nReliable third-generation tuning chip for your Giant e-bikes with a SyncDrive motors (from 2022 onwards) and RideControl units\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeedBox 3.3 tuning chip enables to suppress the speed limiter on your electric bike. After the chip is installed your e-bike’s display shows real data, such as maximum and average speed, daily mileage and cruising range.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNote: The Speedbox App is an application specially designed for Speedbox B. Tuning products only. With a non-Bluetooth Speedbox product like this one, the Speedbox App is unavailable.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com%20%E2%80%BA%20products%20%E2%80%BA%20speedbox-3-3-b-tuning-for-giant-syncdrive-pro-2-syncdrive-sport-2-with-ridecontrol-dash\"\u003eSpeedBox 3.3 B.Tuning for Giant SyncDrive Pro 2, SyncDrive Sport 2 with RideControl Dash\u003c\/a\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does SpeedBox 3.3 work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nYou will activate the SpeedBox tuning directly on your e-bike’s control unit by activating the WALK assist function shortly. Do not activate while riding. Your e-bike display will show a value of 5.0 km\/h (3.1 mph) and from now on you will be able to ride up to 50 km\/h. You may change the default speed limit to any limit you want (up to 99 km\/h), however, to minimize the risk of error codes, we recommend not to exceed 50 km\/h.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTo deactivate the tuning, activate the WALK assist function shortly again. Do not deactivate while riding. Your e-bike display will show a value of 2.5 km\/h (1.6 mph) and the speed limit will be reset to 25 km\/h. Your e-bike will then work the same as before the tuning installation.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeedBox was also designed for e-bikes that do not have a classic control unit with Walk button. In this case you can just use the combination of - + - + buttons and SpeedBox will be activated. You can easily deactivate SpeedBox in the same way.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYou can set the maximum speed of an electric assistance by switching modes three levels down and then three levels up. An actual speed limit will be displayed after that. The maximum speed of an electric assistance can be switched by pressing WALK button shortly or by turning the rear wheel 360°. The value of 1.5 km\/h on the display corresponds with the limit of 15 km\/h, 2 km\/h corresponds with the limit of 20 km\/h, 2.5 corresponds with 25 km\/h, 3.0 corresponds with 30 km\/h, 5.0 corresponds with 50 km\/h etc. The last displayed limit will be saved after 5 seconds of inactivity.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAfter finishing the ride, leave the bike on until a value of 0.0 km\/h is displayed. During this process the remaining time will be displayed. Then it is safe to turn off your bike and you can start looking forward to your next trip. Do not remove the display to lock the e-bike until SpeedBox finishes the \"countdown\" process.\u003c\/b\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIn case of updating the software of your e-bike, uninstall SpeedBox from the e-bike first, update the software and reinstall SpeedBox.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Speedbox Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatible with:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSyncDrive Pro 2 (85 nm) + RideControl Go\u003cbr\u003e\nSyncDrive Sport 2 (75 nm) + RideControl Dash\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNot compatible with motors:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSyncDrive Sport, 70nm\u003cbr\u003e\nSyncDrive Core\u003cbr\u003e\nSyncDrive Life\u003cbr\u003e\nSyncDrive (2017-2021), 80 nm\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNot compatible with:\u003c\/b\u003e SpeedBox App\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nWhen connecting the SpeedBox tuning kit to an e-bike you will find connectors colored to make installation very simple. We have prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of our tuning chip is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you are planning to install SpeedBox on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the chip is activated.\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/sb33-g-manual-en.pdf?v=1738322920\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eInstallation Guide PDF \u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/TrZVuaTyEPk?si=sVOFqVEAyx5bGy4z\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Legal Note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use SpeedBox products. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe use of SpeedBox may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeedBox Products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality. SpeedBox provide Life Long warranty to all their Products!\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf You have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact us. Thank you for looking! Two Wheels Empire Team","brand":"Speedbox","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40041563914374,"sku":"SB33_G","price":209.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/speedbox-3-3-for-giant-syncdrive-pro-2-syncdrive-sport-2-with-ridecontrol-dash-sb33-g-1145465497.jpg?v=1741936191"},{"product_id":"speedbox-3-2-b-tuning-for-yamaha-pw-se-pw-x-pw-te-pw-x2-pw-st-motors","title":"SpeedBox 3.2 B. Tuning for Yamaha PW-SE \/ PW-X \/ PW-TE \/ PW-X2 \/ PW-ST motors","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nNew generation tuning chip with Bluetooth and mobile app for your e-bike\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis new product brings a unique connection of e-bike and mobile phone. The SpeedBox 3.2 B.Tuning for Yamaha chip is a top-notch product perfectly optimized for the most powerful ride and experience. It suppresses the speed limiter so you can enjoy your ride at unlimited speed. Thanks to SpeedBox App mobile application you can monitor and store all the parameters of your trip on the display of your phone in any place, anytime.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does SpeedBox 3.2 B. Tuning work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nThe tuning kit can be activated directly from the mobile application or on your e-bike’s display. After pressing the LIGHT button or ↑↓↑↓, a value of 99 km\/h (62 mph) is displayed and from now on you will be able to ride at an unlimited speed.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTo deactivate the tuning kit, press the LIGHT button or ↑↓↑↓ again. The value of 25 km\/h (16 mph) will appear on your display and the speed limit will reset to 25 km\/h. Your e-bike will then work the same as before installation of the chip.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA new feature in this SpeedBox version is the possibility of activating the double-click function in the app. By activating this function, the lights become independent of tuning. By double-clicking on the LIGHT button, the lights will flash, and the tuning will turn on. If you double-click on the button again, the tuning will turn off and the e-bike will work the same as without a chip. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeedBox was also designed for e-bikes that do not have a classic control unit. In this case you can just use the combination of ↑↓↑↓ buttons and SpeedBox will be activated. You can easily deactivate SpeedBox in the same way.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYou can set the maximum speed of an electric assistance by by switching the modes three levels down and then three levels up.  An actual speed limit will be displayed after that. The maximum speed of an electric assistance can be switched by pressing LIGHT button shortly or by turning the rear wheel 360°. The last displayed limit will be saved after 5 seconds of inactivity.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Speedbox Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatible with:\u003c\/b\u003e SpeedBox App\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatible with motors:\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n   PW-X\u003cbr\u003e\n   PW-SE\u003cbr\u003e\n   PW-TE\u003cbr\u003e\n   PW-X2\u003cbr\u003e\n   PW-ST\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNot compatible with e-bikes:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n   Yamaha UrbanRush\u003cbr\u003e\n   CrossCore\u003cbr\u003e\n   CrossConnect\u003cbr\u003e\n   Wabash\u003cbr\u003e\n   YDX-Torc\u003cbr\u003e\n   YDX-Moro\u003cbr\u003e\n   YDX-Moro Pro\u003cbr\u003e\n   YPJ\u003cbr\u003e\nGasGas US Version (28mph) e-bikes \u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nWhen connecting Tuning Kit to an e-bike you will find connectors colored to make installation \u003cb\u003every simple.\u003c\/b\u003e We have prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of our tuning kit is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us. If you are planning to install SpeedBox on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the tuning kit is activated.\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/sb32bt-y-manual-en.pdf?v=1738584414\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eInstallation Guide PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/bjCUO1WKahA?si=6hzBxZNC0wtAgSim\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Legal Note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use SpeedBox products. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe use of SpeedBox may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeedBox Products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality. SpeedBox provide Life Long warranty to all their Products!\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf You have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact us. Thank you for looking! Two Wheels Empire Team","brand":"Speedbox","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40045233700998,"sku":"SB32BT_Y","price":309.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/speedbox-3-2-b-tuning-for-yamaha-pw-se-pw-x-pw-te-pw-x2-pw-st-motors-sb32bt-y-1145465482.jpg?v=1741936188"},{"product_id":"speedbox-3-2-b-tuning-for-giant-syncdrive-sport-syncdrive-core-syncdrive-life-syncdrive-2017-2021","title":"SpeedBox 3.2 B.Tuning for Giant SyncDrive Sport, SyncDrive Core, SyncDrive Life, SyncDrive (2017-2021)","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nSpeedBox 3.2 B.tuning chip enables to suppress the speed limiter on your electric bike. After the chip is installed your e-bike’s display shows real data, such as maximum and average speed, daily mileage and cruising range. Thanks to SpeedBox App mobile application you can monitor and store all the parameters of your trip on the display of your phone in any place, anytime.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does SpeedBox 3.2 B. Tuning work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nYou will activate the SpeedBox tuning from the mobile application or on your e-bike’s control unit by activating the WALK assist function shortly. Do not activate while riding. Your e-bike display will show a value of 5.0 km\/h (3.1 mph) and from now on you will be able to ride up to 50 km\/h. You may change the default speed limit to any limit you want (up to 50 km\/h), however, to minimize the risk of error codes, we recommend not to exceed 35 km\/h.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTo deactivate the tuning, activate the WALK assist function shortly again. Do not deactivate while riding. Your e-bike display will show a value of 2.5 km\/h (1.6 mph) and the speed limit will be reset to 25 km\/h. Your e-bike will then work the same as before the tuning installation.\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeedBox was also designed for e-bikes that do not have a classic control unit with Walk button. In this case you can just use the combination of - + - + buttons and SpeedBox will be activated. You can easily deactivate SpeedBox in the same way.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYou can set the maximum speed of an electric assistance by switching modes three levels down and then three levels up. An actual speed limit will be displayed after that. The maximum speed of an electric assistance can be switched by pressing WALK button shortly or by turning the rear wheel 360°. The value of 1.5 km\/h on the display corresponds with the limit of 15 km\/h, 2 km\/h corresponds with the limit of 20 km\/h, 2.5 corresponds with 25 km\/h, 3.0 corresponds with 30 km\/h, 5.0 corresponds with 50 km\/h etc. The last displayed limit will be saved after 5 seconds of inactivity.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAfter finishing the ride, leave the bike on until a value of 0.0 km\/h is displayed. During this process the remaining time will be displayed. Then it is safe to turn off your bike and you can start looking forward to your next trip. Do not remove the display to lock the e-bike until SpeedBox finishes the \"countdown\" process.\u003c\/b\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Speedbox Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatible with motors:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n   SyncDrive Sport, 70nm\u003cbr\u003e\n   SyncDrive Core\u003cbr\u003e\n   SyncDrive Life\u003cbr\u003e\n   SyncDrive (2017-2021), 80 nm\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatible with:\u003c\/b\u003e SpeedBox App\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNot compatible with:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n   SyncDrive Pro 2 (85 nm) + RideControl Go\u003cbr\u003e\n   SyncDrive Sport 2 (75 nm) + RideControl Dash\u003cbr\u003e\n   Giant Revolt E+ (2022 - 2024)\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nWhen connecting the SpeedBox tuning kit to an e-bike you will find connectors colored to make installation very simple. We have prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of our tuning chip is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you are planning to install SpeedBox on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the chip is activated.\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/sb33bt-y-manual-en.pdf?v=1738312869\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eInstallation Guide PDF \u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/Sx8KzAuL8Js?si=JZTyRLpl4GZAFUlP\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Legal Note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use SpeedBox products. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe use of SpeedBox may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeedBox Products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality. SpeedBox provide Life Long warranty to all their Products!\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf You have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact us. Thank you for looking! Two Wheels Empire Team","brand":"Speedbox","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40045387382918,"sku":"SB32BT_G","price":309.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/speedbox-3-2-b-tuning-for-giant-syncdrive-sport-syncdrive-core-syncdrive-life-syncdrive-2017-2021-sb32bt-g-1145465505.jpg?v=1741936185"},{"product_id":"speedbox-3-3-b-tuning-for-giant-syncdrive-pro-2-syncdrive-sport-2-with-ridecontrol-dash","title":"SpeedBox 3.3 B.Tuning for Giant SyncDrive Pro3, Pro3X, Pro 2, SyncDrive Sport 2 with RideControl Dash","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nReliable tuning chip with Bluetooth for your Giant e-bikes with a SyncDrive motors (from 2022 onwards) and RideControl units\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis product brings a unique connection of e-bike and mobile phone. The SpeedBox 3.3 B.Tuning chip is a top-notch product perfectly optimized for the most powerful ride and experience. It suppresses the speed limiter so you can enjoy your ride at unlimited speed. Thanks to SpeedBox App mobile application you can monitor and store all the parameters of your trip on the display of your phone in any place, anytime.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does SpeedBox 3.3 B.Tuning work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nYou will activate the SpeedBox tuning from the mobile application or on your e-bike’s control unit by activating the WALK assist function shortly (holding down the “-” button). Do not activate while riding. Your e-bike display will show a value of 5.0 km\/h (3.1 mph) and from now on you will be able to ride up to 50 km\/h. You may change the default speed limit to any limit you want (up to 99 km\/h), however, to minimize the risk of error codes, we recommend not to exceed 50 km\/h.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTo deactivate the tuning, activate the WALK assist function shortly again (by holding down the “-” button). Do not deactivate while riding. Your e-bike display will show a value of 2.5 km\/h (1.6 mph) and the speed limit will be reset to 25 km\/h. Your e-bike will then work the same as before the tuning installation.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeedBox was also designed for e-bikes that do not have a classic control unit with Walk button. In this case you can just use the combination of - + - + buttons and SpeedBox will be activated. You can easily deactivate SpeedBox in the same way.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYou can set the maximum speed of an electric assistance by switching modes three levels down and then three levels up. An actual speed limit will be displayed after that. The maximum speed of an electric assistance can be switched by pressing WALK button shortly or by turning the rear wheel 360°. The value of 1.5 km\/h on the display corresponds with the limit of 15 km\/h, 2 km\/h corresponds with the limit of 20 km\/h, 2.5 corresponds with 25 km\/h, 3.0 corresponds with 30 km\/h, 5.0 corresponds with 50 km\/h etc. The last displayed limit will be saved after 5 seconds of inactivity.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAfter finishing the ride, leave the bike on after finishing the ride until a value of 0.0 km\/h is displayed. During this process the remaining time will be displayed. Then it is safe to turn off your bike and you can start looking forward to your next trip. Do not remove the display to lock the e-bike until SpeedBox finishes the \"countdown\" process.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Speedbox Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatible with:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSyncDrive Pro 2 (85 nm) and RideControl Go\u003cbr\u003e\nSyncDrive Sport 2 (75 nm) + RideControl Dash\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatible with:\u003c\/b\u003e SpeedBox App\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNot compatible with motors:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSyncDrive Sport, 70nm\u003cbr\u003e\nSyncDrive Core\u003cbr\u003e\nSyncDrive Life\u003cbr\u003e\nSyncDrive (2017-2021), 80 nm\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nWhen connecting the SpeedBox tuning kit to an e-bike you will find connectors colored to make installation very simple. We have prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of our tuning chip is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you are planning to install SpeedBox on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the chip is activated.\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/sb33-g-manual-en.pdf?v=1738322920\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eInstallation Guide PDF \u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/TrZVuaTyEPk?si=wR8mb8En_Uz5hQ3M\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Legal Note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use SpeedBox products. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe use of SpeedBox may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeedBox Products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality. SpeedBox provide Life Long warranty to all their Products!\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf You have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact us. Thank you for looking! Two Wheels Empire Team","brand":"Speedbox","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40049182244998,"sku":"SB33BT_G","price":309.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/speedbox-3-3-b-tuning-for-giant-syncdrive-pro-2-syncdrive-sport-2-with-ridecontrol-dash-sb33bt-g-1145465492.jpg?v=1741936181"},{"product_id":"speedbox-1-2-b-tuning-for-bafang-3-pin-connector","title":"SpeedBox 1.2 B.Tuning for Bafang (3 pin connector)","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nBasic tuning kit for e-bikes with Bafang motors.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeedBox 1.2 enables you to double the speed limit of an e-bike from the original 16 mph (25 km\/h) to 31 mph (50 km\/h). When in use, the actual speed will appear on your display up to 14mph (23 km\/h). The display also shows your trip and other aspects of your ride.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does SpeedBox 1.2 B.Tuning work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeedBox 1.2 tuning kit can be activated on the e-bike’s control unit. After pressing the LIGHT button, the active lights icon will be displayed shortly after which you will be able to ride at a speed of 31mph (50 km\/h).  The chip is deactivated by pressing the LIGHT button again.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBy attaching the Light cable for Bafang, you can use the SpeedBox and your lights at the same time.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Speedbox Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThis tuning kit is compatible with motors:\u003cbr\u003e\n- Bafang Max Drive M300 \u003cbr\u003e\n- Bafang Max Drive M400 \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIn case of updating the software of your e-bike, uninstall SpeedBox from the e-bike first, update the software and reinstall SpeedBox.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf your ebike is with 4 Pin connector, you would need \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/speedbox-1-3-for-bafang-4-pin-connector\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSpeedbox 1.3 Bafang (4 pin connector)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e or \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/speedbox-1-3-b-tuning-for-bafang-4-pin-connector\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSpeedBox 1.3 B.Tuning for Bafang\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nWe use original connectors for the production of SpeedBox chips ensuring that the installation process is very simple and the chip is connected properly. We have also prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of the tuning chip is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you are planning to install SpeedBox on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the chip is activated.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/SB12_BT__BAF_manual.pdf?v=1670932956\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eInstallation Guide PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/t0PGY6WoJVU\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use SpeedBox products. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe use of SpeedBox may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeedBox Products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality. SpeedBox provide Life Long warranty to all their Products!\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf You have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact us. Thank you for looking! Two Wheels Empire Team","brand":"Speedbox","offers":[{"title":"SpeedBox 1.2 B.Tuning","offer_id":40053005713542,"sku":"SB12BT_BAF_1","price":279.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/products\/speedbox-1-2-b-tuning-for-bafang-3-pin-connector-sb12bt-baf-1-1145467974.jpg?v=1741936175"},{"product_id":"peartune-mso-4-0-for-brose-specialized-sl-1-1-motor","title":"PearTune MSO 4.0 For Specialized SL 1.1 and SL 1.2 Motors","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThis Peartune tuning kit removes the 16mph (25km\/h) speed limit, allowing the motor to help you at higher speeds. With the speed limit removed, 28-37mph (~45-60km\/h) can be expected, depending on the bicycle and gearing.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAll readings like actual speed, max speed, average speed, distance etc. are correctly displayed.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the Peartune work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe tuning kit can be activated directly on your bike’s display. After pressing the \u003cb\u003e'WALK' or '+ - + -' buttons\u003c\/b\u003e, from now on you will be able to ride at a speed of 25 mph (40 km\/h), 31 mph (50 km\/h) and even more than 37 mph (60 km\/h). \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTo deactivate the tuning kit, press the 'WALK' or '+ - + -' buttons again. Your e-bike will then work the same as before installation of the chip.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWith the new PearTune 4.0, you can set whether the tuning should automatically be ON or OFF when the e-bike is switched on.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe level of maximum motor support can be set individually with the + and - buttons, in 1mph (1 km\/h) steps.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nChip lock (\"Lock the Chip\" function): A feature that makes the tuning module virtually invisible. If the chip lock is activated by using the + and - buttons at the control element, the tuning chip is locked on the software side so that no one can recognize that a tuning tool has been installed on the e-bike. This means that the e-bike and display will function normally, and the tuning can no longer be switched on.\nThe chip lock can only be deactivated later, and again with a specific + and - key combination.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWith PearTune 4.0 you can set an individual activation code. When switching on and off, the display briefly shows whether the tuning was actually activated or deactivated for confirmation.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/PT-MSO-Service-Menu.pdf?v=1694417736\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eService menu manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eService menu video:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/mcyK7NXjML8\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to use Peartune Service Menu?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe PearTune MSO 4.0 can be activated or deactivated anytime during the ride by short-pressing the LIGHT\/WALK button or [+ -]  buttons. Original function of these buttons remains unchanged. After activating PearTune - you will be able to ride at a speed of 25 mph (40 km\/h), 31 mph (50 km\/h) and even more than 37 mph (60 km\/h)!\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons or ONE LONG press of +\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/4.0 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/PearTune_MSO_manual_for_Service_menu_of_the_chip_EN_2024-01-05.pdf?v=1704438829\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eService menu manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this Peartune the right tuning kit for my bike?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThis Peartune tuning kit is made to work with \u003cb\u003eSpecialized 1.1 SL and 1.2 SL\u003c\/b\u003e motors with the TCU, MasterMind or Mission Control displays.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nWhen connecting Tuning Kit to an e-bike you will find connectors colored to make installation very simple. We have prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of our tuning kit is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you are planning to install Peartune on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the tuning kit is activated.\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/SfLkip22jVc\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use of Peartune products. Electric bikes equipped with Peartune products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with Peartune products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk. The use of Peartune products may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nPeartune products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality - Peartune provides Lifetime warranty to all their products.","brand":"PearTune","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40060118139014,"sku":"PT-MSO-4.0-SP1.1SL","price":215.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/products\/peartune-mso-4-0-for-specialized-sl-1-1-and-sl-1-2-motors-pt-mso-4-0-sp1-1sl-1145467962.jpg?v=1741936173"},{"product_id":"peartune-mso-4-0-for-brose-specialized-2-0-2-1-2-2-motors-2021-2022","title":"Peartune MSO 4.0 For Brose Specialized Turbo Levo 2.0 |2.0E | 2.1 | 2.2 Motors","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThis Peartune tuning kit removes the 16mph (25km\/h) speed limit, allowing the motor to help you at higher speeds. With the speed limit removed, 28-37mph (~45-60km\/h) can be expected, depending on the bicycle and gearing.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAll readings like actual speed, max speed, average speed, distance etc. are correctly displayed.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the Peartune work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe tuning kit can be activated directly on your bike’s display. After pressing the \u003cb\u003e'WALK' or '+ - + -' buttons\u003c\/b\u003e, from now on you will be able to ride at a speed of 25 mph (40 km\/h), 31 mph (50 km\/h) and even more than 37 mph (60 km\/h). Or one long press of the '+' button in the case of 2.0E Vado. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTo deactivate the tuning kit, press the 'WALK' or '+ - + -' buttons again. Your e-bike will then work the same as before installation of the chip.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWith the new PearTune 4.0, you can set whether the tuning should automatically be ON or OFF when the e-bike is switched on.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe level of maximum motor support can be set individually with the + and - buttons, in 1mph (1 km\/h) steps.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nChip lock (\"Lock the Chip\" function): A feature that makes the tuning module virtually invisible. If the chip lock is activated by using the + and - buttons at the control element, the tuning chip is locked on the software side so that no one can recognize that a tuning tool has been installed on the e-bike. This means that the e-bike and display will function normally, and the tuning can no longer be switched on.\nThe chip lock can only be deactivated later, and again with a specific + and - key combination.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWith PearTune 4.0 you can set an individual activation code. When switching on and off, the display briefly shows whether the tuning was actually activated or deactivated for confirmation.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/PT-MSO-Service-Menu.pdf?v=1694417736\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eService menu manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eService menu video:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/mcyK7NXjML8\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to use Peartune Service Menu?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe PearTune MSO 4.0 can be activated or deactivated anytime during the ride by short-pressing the LIGHT\/WALK button or [+ -]  buttons. Original function of these buttons remains unchanged. After activating PearTune - you will be able to ride at a speed of 25 mph (40 km\/h), 31 mph (50 km\/h) and even more than 37 mph (60 km\/h)!\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpecialized:\nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons or ONE LONG press of +\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/4.0 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBosch:\nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBosch Smart System: \nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +]\nIndication: displayed number around 19.0\/12.0 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBrose:\nActivation: ONE short press of LIGHT button or TWO short press of LIGHT button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nGiant:\nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nGiant Ridecontrol GO:\nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYamaha PW-X3 PW-S2:\nActivation: TWO short press of LIGHT button\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\nInterfaceX no indication, only if any App for Yamaha e-bikes avalaible\u2028\u2028Yamaha PW-X\/SE\/TE\/X2\/CE\/ST\u2028Activation: TWO short presses of the LIGHT button\nIndication: displayed number 9\/2 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTQ Flyon:\nActivation: ONE short press of LIGHTS button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/PearTune_MSO_manual_for_Service_menu_of_the_chip_EN_2024-01-05.pdf?v=1704438829\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eService menu manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this Peartune the right tuning kit for my bike?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThis Peartune tuning kit is made to fit Specialized 2.0E \/ 2.1 \/ 2.2 motors with TCU, MasterMind and Mission Control displays\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nWhen connecting Tuning Kit to an e-bike you will find connectors colored to make installation very simple. We have prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of our tuning kit is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you are planning to install Peartune on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the tuning kit is activated.\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/-phWOTEzYuU\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use of Peartune products. Electric bikes equipped with Peartune products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with Peartune products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk. The use of Peartune products may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nPeartune products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality - Peartune provides Lifetime warranty to all their products.","brand":"PearTune","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40060146811014,"sku":"PT-MSO-4.0-SP2.0E\/2.1\/2.2","price":239.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/products\/peartune-mso-4-0-for-brose-specialized-2-0-2-1-2-2-year-2021-2025-pt-mso-4-0-sp2-0e-2-1-2-2-1145467961.jpg?v=1741936167"},{"product_id":"e-bike-e-mtb-tuning-kit-peartune-4-0-for-bosch-not-smart-system","title":"E-Bike E-MTB Tuning Kit PearTune 4.0 for Bosch (Not Smart System)","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThis Peartune tuning kit removes the 16mph (25km\/h) speed limit, allowing the motor to help you at higher speeds. With the speed limit removed, 28-37mph (~45-60km\/h) can be expected, depending on the bicycle and gearing.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAll readings like actual speed, max speed, average speed, distance etc. are correctly displayed. \u003c\/b\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the Peartune work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe tuning kit can be activated directly on your bike’s display. After pressing the \u003cb\u003e'WALK' or ' + - + -' buttons (or long press of any button for the COBI display)\u003c\/b\u003e, from now on you will be able to ride at a speed of 25 mph (40 km\/h), 31 mph (50 km\/h) and even more than 37 mph (60 km\/h). \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTo deactivate the tuning kit, press the 'WALK' or ' + - + -' buttons again. Your e-bike will then work the same as before installation of the chip.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWith the new PearTune 4.0, you can set whether the tuning should automatically be ON or OFF when the e-bike is switched on.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWith PearTune 4.0 you can set an individual activation code. When switching on and off, the display briefly shows whether the tuning was actually activated or deactivated for confirmation.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe level of maximum motor support can be set individually with the + and - buttons, in 1mph (1 km\/h) steps.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nChip lock (\"Lock the Chip\" function): A feature that makes the tuning module virtually invisible. If the chip lock is activated by using the + and - buttons at the control element, the tuning chip is locked on the software side so that no one can recognize that a tuning tool has been installed on the e-bike. This means that the e-bike and display will function normally, and the tuning can no longer be switched on.\nThe chip lock can only be deactivated later, and again with a specific + and - key combination.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to use Peartune Service Menu?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe PearTune MSO 4.0 can be activated or deactivated anytime during the ride by short-pressing the LIGHT\/WALK button or [+ -]  buttons. Original function of these buttons remains unchanged. After activating PearTune - you will be able to ride at a speed of 25 mph (40 km\/h), 31 mph (50 km\/h) and even more than 37 mph (60 km\/h)!\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpecialized:\nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons or ONE LONG press of +\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/4.0 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBosch:\nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBosch Smart System: \nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +]\nIndication: displayed number around 19.0\/12.0 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBrose:\nActivation: ONE short press of LIGHT button or TWO short press of LIGHT button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nGiant:\nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nGiant Ridecontrol GO:\nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYamaha PW-X3 PW-S2:\nActivation: TWO short press of LIGHT button\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\nInterfaceX no indication, only if any App for Yamaha e-bikes avalaible\u2028\u2028Yamaha PW-X\/SE\/TE\/X2\/CE\/ST\u2028Activation: TWO short presses of the LIGHT button\nIndication: displayed number 9\/2 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTQ Flyon:\nActivation: ONE short press of LIGHTS button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/PearTune_MSO_manual_for_Service_menu_of_the_chip_EN_2024-01-05.pdf?v=1704438829\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eService menu manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this Peartune the right tuning kit for my bike?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThis Peartune tuning kit is made to fit bikes with Gen2, Gen3 and Gen4 Bosch motors with INTUVIA, PURION, NYON, KIOX, COBI or SMARTPHONE Hub COBI displays.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNot compatible with Bosch Smart System\u003c\/b\u003e. For the Bosch Smart System you would need \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/speedbox-1-0-b-tuning-for-bosch-smart-system\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSpeedbox Bosch Smart System tuning kit.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nWhen connecting Tuning Kit to an e-bike you will find connectors colored to make installation very simple. We have prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of our tuning kit is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you are planning to install Peartune on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the tuning kit is activated.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/WWCaK9oI5C0\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use of Peartune products. Electric bikes equipped with Peartune products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with Peartune products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk. The use of Peartune products may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nPeartune products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality - Peartune provides Lifetime warranty to all their products.","brand":"PearTune","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40060203565190,"sku":"PT-MSO-4.0-B2","price":219.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/products\/e-bike-e-mtb-tuning-kit-peartune-4-0-for-bosch-not-smart-system-pt-mso-4-0-b2-1145467960.jpg?v=1741936164"},{"product_id":"e-bike-e-mtb-tuning-kit-peartune-mso-4-0-flyon-tq-smart","title":"E-Bike E-MTB Tuning Kit PearTune MSO 4.0 Flyon TQ SMART","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThis Peartune tuning kit removes the 16mph (25km\/h) speed limit, allowing the motor to help you at higher speeds. With the speed limit removed, 28-37mph (~45-60km\/h) can be expected, depending on the bicycle and gearing.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAll readings like actual speed, max speed, average speed, distance etc. are correctly displayed. \u003c\/b\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the Peartune work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe tuning kit can be activated directly on your bike’s display. After pressing the \u003cb\u003e'LIGHT' button or + and – buttons (left and right)\u003c\/b\u003e, from now on you will be able to ride at a speed of 25 mph (40 km\/h), 31 mph (50 km\/h) and even more than 37 mph (60 km\/h). \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTo deactivate the tuning kit, press the 'LIGHT' button or + and – buttons (left and right) again. Your e-bike will then work the same as before installation of the chip.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWith the new PearTune 4.0, you can set whether the tuning should automatically be ON or OFF when the e-bike is switched on.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWith PearTune 4.0 you can set an individual activation code. When switching on and off, the display briefly shows whether the tuning was actually activated or deactivated for confirmation.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe level of maximum motor support can be set individually with the + and - buttons, in 1mph (1 km\/h) steps.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nChip lock (\"Lock the Chip\" function): A feature that makes the tuning module virtually invisible. If the chip lock is activated by using the + and - buttons at the control element, the tuning chip is locked on the software side so that no one can recognize that a tuning tool has been installed on the e-bike. This means that the e-bike and display will function normally, and the tuning can no longer be switched on.\nThe chip lock can only be deactivated later, and again with a specific + and - key combination.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/PT-MSO-Service-Menu.pdf?v=1694417736\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eService menu manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to use Peartune Service Menu?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe PearTune MSO 4.0 can be activated or deactivated anytime during the ride by short-pressing the LIGHT\/WALK button or [+ -]  buttons. Original function of these buttons remains unchanged. After activating PearTune - you will be able to ride at a speed of 25 mph (40 km\/h), 31 mph (50 km\/h) and even more than 37 mph (60 km\/h)!\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpecialized:\nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons or ONE LONG press of +\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/4.0 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBosch:\nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBosch Smart System: \nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +]\nIndication: displayed number around 19.0\/12.0 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBrose:\nActivation: ONE short press of LIGHT button or TWO short press of LIGHT button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nGiant:\nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nGiant Ridecontrol GO:\nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYamaha PW-X3 PW-S2:\nActivation: TWO short press of LIGHT button\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\nInterfaceX no indication, only if any App for Yamaha e-bikes avalaible\u2028\u2028Yamaha PW-X\/SE\/TE\/X2\/CE\/ST\u2028Activation: TWO short presses of the LIGHT button\nIndication: displayed number 9\/2 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTQ Flyon:\nActivation: ONE short press of LIGHTS button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/PearTune_MSO_manual_for_Service_menu_of_the_chip_EN_2024-01-05.pdf?v=1704438829\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eService menu manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this Peartune the right tuning kit for my bike?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThis Peartune tuning kit is made to fit bicycles with mid-drive TQ motors, for example Haibike Flyon.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nWhen connecting Tuning Kit to an e-bike you will find connectors colored to make installation very simple. We have prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of our tuning kit is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you are planning to install Peartune on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the tuning kit is activated.\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/haibike-flyon-en-peartune_39ec0ff8-3a91-455e-aa89-ffd97cbc4c6b.pdf?v=1671699017\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eInstallation Guide PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use of Peartune products. Electric bikes equipped with Peartune products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with Peartune products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk. The use of Peartune products may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nPeartune products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality - Peartune provides Lifetime warranty to all their products.","brand":"PearTune","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40060657533062,"sku":"PT-MSO-4.0-TQ2","price":219.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/products\/e-bike-e-mtb-tuning-kit-peartune-mso-4-0-flyon-tq-smart-pt-mso-4-0-tq2-1145467959.jpg?v=1741936161"},{"product_id":"speedfun-furious-evo-easy-for-fazua-ride-60","title":"SpeedFun FURIOUS Evo easy+ for Fazua Ride 60","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nSpeedFun FURIOUS for Fazua is a revolutionary tuning kit which suppresses the speed limiter of your electric bike. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAfter installing your SpeedFun, your e-bike’s display will show real data up to 12mph (20km\/h) - at higher speeds, the display will show half speed and relative data making it possible, by simply multiplying in mind by two, the calculation of the actual speed and miles or kilometers traveled. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe motor's electric assistance switches off when reaching 37mph (60km\/h).\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the SpeedFun work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nAfter installation, your tuning kit will be activated with the activation of your eBike. This tuning kit can be activated \/ deactivated also, but only by your choice, you do not need to do it everytime you turn on ebike. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNote:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e- It is supplied ready to use in \"ALWAYS ON\" mode and cannot be deactivated.\u003cbr\u003e\n- If you want to be able to activate and deactivate the speed release function, you need to cut\/interrupt the jumper at the point indicated by the arrow (insulate both ends!). There is no way back after this. Read the activation and deactivation methods on the instructions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIMPORTANT Activation and deactivation:\u003cbr\u003e\n- If you want to be able to activate \/ deactivate the tuning kit, it is necessary to cut\/interrupt the blue wire in the shape of a slot that comes out of the black plastic body of the device.\u003cbr\u003e\nNB: secure the ends of the blue wire with electrician's tape to avoid unwanted contact.\n- Once this operation has been carried out, the speed release can be activated and deactivated once you need it. \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nActivation and Deactivation:\u003cbr\u003e\n- Turn off the ebike.\u003cbr\u003e\n- Place the chain on the longest gear (the smallest rear sprocket).\u003cbr\u003e\n- Position the left pedal at 11.00. From now on, do not turn the rear wheel.\u003cbr\u003e\n- Turn on the ebike and wait for the complete check. Don't spin the rear wheel (not yet ..).\u003cbr\u003e\n- Lift the rear wheel off the seat or frame. Don't spin the rear wheel (not yet ..).\u003cbr\u003e\n- Give a strong pedal stroke (only one). Let the wheel spin over 18mph (30 km\/h) for a few seconds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe system recognizes the rotation acceleration and interprets it as a command to activate or deactivate (cyclically) the speed release. Upon activation, the display (if present) shows the speed that passes from real to manipulated in the manner described above. When deactivated, the speed changes from manipulated to real on the display and the bike returns to its original condition.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich SpeedFun Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nSpeedFun Furious Evo can be installed on e-bikes equipped with the Fazua Ride 60 system both with Fazua led HUB + Ring Control and with Fazua Control HUB mostly mounted on Riese and Muller, Canyon, Transition Bikes, Pivot Cycles, Wilier and Haibike Lyke. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEbike with Fazua ride 60 system where the Furious Evo device has been successfully installed:\u003cbr\u003e\n– Canyon Roadlite:ON 8 LTD\u003cbr\u003e\n– Canyon Commuter:ON 8 LTD\u003cbr\u003e\n– Canyon Commuter:ON 8 LTD mid-step\u003cbr\u003e\n– Pivot Shuttle SL\u003cbr\u003e\n– Giant UBN Seven\u003cbr\u003e\n– Giant UBN Five\u003cbr\u003e\n– Wilier ultra hybrid\u003cbr\u003e\n– Haibike Lyke\u003cbr\u003e\n– Focus Jam2 SL\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Install this tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nWhen connecting the SpeedFun chip to an eBike you will find connectors colored to make installation very simple. We have prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of our tuning chip is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us.\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/FURIOUS-EVO-EASY-FAZUA-Ride-60-IT-EN-FR.pdf?v=1672838903\" target=\"_blank\" class=\"btn\"\u003eInstallation guide PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/gS3NuD4Eyfs\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use SpeedFun products. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedFun products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedFun products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe use of SpeedFun may void the warranty of your ebike.\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.","brand":"SpeedFun","offers":[{"title":"Fazua Tuning kit","offer_id":40064637141126,"sku":"TWE-SF-F-R60","price":139.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/products\/speedfun-furious-evo-easy-for-fazua-ride-60-twe-sf-f-r60-1145467953.jpg?v=1741936152"},{"product_id":"peartune-4-0-tuning-kit-for-brose-specialized-1-1-1-2-1-3-motors","title":"Peartune MSO 4.0 Tuning Kit For Brose Specialized 1.2, 1.2E, 1.3, 1.3E Motors","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThis Peartune tuning kit removes the 16mph (25km\/h) speed limit, allowing the motor to help you at higher speeds. With the speed limit removed, 28-37mph (~45-60km\/h) can be expected, depending on the bicycle and gearing.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nReal speed will be displayed up to 14-15mph (22-25km\/h). After exceeding 16mph (25km\/h) your actual speed is indicated on the last two digits of the display. This works with km\/h only.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nExample:\u003cbr\u003e\n- 23.1 = 31 km\/h\u003cbr\u003e\n- 23.5 = 35 km\/h\u003cbr\u003e\n- 24.2 = 42 km\/h\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the Peartune work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe tuning kit can be activated directly on your bike’s display. After pressing the 'WALK' or '+ - + -' buttons, from now on you will be able to ride at a speed of 25 mph (40 km\/h), 31 mph (50 km\/h) and even more than 37 mph (60 km\/h). \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTo deactivate the tuning kit, press the 'WALK' or '+ - + -' buttons again. Your e-bike will then work the same as before installation of the chip.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWith the new PearTune 4.0, you can set whether the tuning should automatically be ON or OFF when the e-bike is switched on.\n\nThe level of maximum motor support can be set individually with the + and - buttons, in 1mph (1 km\/h) steps.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nChip lock (\"Lock the Chip\" function): A feature that makes the tuning module virtually invisible. If the chip lock is activated by using the + and - buttons at the control element, the tuning chip is locked on the software side so that no one can recognize that a tuning tool has been installed on the e-bike. This means that the e-bike and display will function normally, and the tuning can no longer be switched on.\nThe chip lock can only be deactivated later, and again with a specific + and - key combination.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWith PearTune 4.0 you can set an individual activation code. When switching on and off, the display briefly shows whether the tuning was actually activated or deactivated for confirmation.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/PT-MSO-Service-Menu.pdf?v=1694417736\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eService menu manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eService menu video:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/mcyK7NXjML8\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to use Peartune Service Menu?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe PearTune MSO 4.0 can be activated or deactivated anytime during the ride by short-pressing the LIGHT\/WALK button or [+ -]  buttons. Original function of these buttons remains unchanged. After activating PearTune - you will be able to ride at a speed of 25 mph (40 km\/h), 31 mph (50 km\/h) and even more than 37 mph (60 km\/h)!\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpecialized:\nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons or ONE LONG press of +\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/4.0 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBosch:\nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBosch Smart System: \nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +]\nIndication: displayed number around 19.0\/12.0 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBrose:\nActivation: ONE short press of LIGHT button or TWO short press of LIGHT button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nGiant:\nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nGiant Ridecontrol GO:\nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYamaha PW-X3 PW-S2:\nActivation: TWO short press of LIGHT button\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\nInterfaceX no indication, only if any App for Yamaha e-bikes avalaible\u2028\u2028Yamaha PW-X\/SE\/TE\/X2\/CE\/ST\u2028Activation: TWO short presses of the LIGHT button\nIndication: displayed number 9\/2 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTQ Flyon:\nActivation: ONE short press of LIGHTS button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/PearTune_MSO_manual_for_Service_menu_of_the_chip_EN_2024-01-05.pdf?v=1704438829\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eService menu manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this Peartune the right tuning kit for my bike?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThis Peartune tuning kit is made to work with Brose Specialized Gen 1(1.1) \/ 1.2 \/ 1.2e \/ 1.2s \/ 1.3 mid-drive motors with the TCU, MasterMind or Mission Control displays.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nWhen connecting Tuning Kit to an e-bike you will find connectors colored to make installation very simple. We have prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of our tuning kit is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you are planning to install Peartune on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the tuning kit is activated.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/-phWOTEzYuU\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use of Peartune products. Electric bikes equipped with Peartune products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with Peartune products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk. The use of Peartune products may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nPeartune products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality - Peartune provides Lifetime warranty to all their products.","brand":"PearTune","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40064661520518,"sku":"PT-MSO-4.0-SP1.3","price":239.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/products\/peartune-mso-4-0-tuning-kit-for-brose-specialized-1-2-1-2e-1-3-1-3e-motors-pt-mso-4-0-sp1-3-1145467941.jpg?v=1741936150"},{"product_id":"volspeed-v3-yamaha-pw-x3","title":"VOLspeed V3 - Yamaha PW-X3 \/ PW-S2","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nA smart Tuning Kit Volspeed V3 with an option to set a speed limit of an e-bike of your own choice. After the chip is installed, your e-bike’s display will show real data, such as maximum and average speeds, daily mileage and cruising range. In contrast to the almost complete elimination of the speed limit with other tuning modules, this module still allows a very sporty riding style with moderate battery consumption by slightly increasing the limit, e.g. to 19mph (32km\/h).\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor a more natural riding experience, the dynamic mode spreads the downshift over a wider speed range, the so-called \"wall effect\" is significantly reduced.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Volspeed V3 work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nThe tuning kit can be activated directly on your bike’s display. After pressing the arrow keys '↓↑↓↑' starting from the support level 'High - STD - Hight - STD - Hight'. After Tuning kit activation speed limit is displayed for 5 seconds. If you would like to change maximum speed, just press arrows button 'Up' or 'Down' keys. Possible values: 16... 28mph (25... 45 km\/h). Default value: 20mph (32 km\/h). The set value is saved. The value will be saved if you will not press any button for 5 seconds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTo deactivate the tuning kit, press the '↓↑↓↑ ' buttons again.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe tuning is always switched off after switching on the bike. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is possible to set a \"softer curtailment behavior\" (dynamic mode). This significantly softens the otherwise very abrupt deceleration at the speed limit. Correct display of the speed, the distance covered and the average speed at all times.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Volspeed Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit is compatible with models powered by PW-X3 or PW-S2 Yamaha motors. However, it is not compatible with the following e-bikes: All Giant models with PW-X3 or S2, Yamaha MORO, Booster, Booster Easy, Wabash RT, CrossCore RC, Gas Gas e-bikes.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe tuning module only works with e-bikes that have an electric motor support of up to 16mph (25km\/h) ex works. Children's e-bikes with a support up to 12mph (20km\/h) and Speed-e-bikes with a support up to 28mph (45km\/h) are not supported. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatibility table:\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/PW-X3-Compatibility.jpg?v=1673859629\" alt=\"\" class=\"img-fluid\"\u003e\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eThe tuning is NOT compatible with the following motors: \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n- Yamaha PW,PW-X, PW-X2, PW-SE, PW-ST, PW-TE, PW-CE motors \u003cbr\u003e\n- all Giant Syncdrive motors\u003cbr\u003e\n- Yamaha MORO, Booster, Booster Easy, Wabash RT, CrossCore RC\n- GasGas US Version (28mph) e-bikes\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nWhen connecting Tuning Kit to an e-bike you will find connectors colored to make installation very simple. We have prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of our tuning kit is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us. If you are planning to install Volspeed on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the tuning kit is activated.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/VOLspeed_Yamaha_PWX3_V3.pdf?v=1673859764\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eInstallation Guide PDF \u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/VOLspeed_PWX3_InterfaceX.pdf?v=1676987749\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eInstallation Guide Interface X \u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/Lqe0OCGLbpU\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInterface X Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/-8MKKB5sQ2U\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use VOLspeed products. Electric bikes equipped with VOLspeed products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with VOLspeed products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk. The use of VOLspeed may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nVOLspeed Products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality. VOLspeed provide 2 years warranty to all their Products!","brand":"VOLspeed","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40076968788102,"sku":"TWE-VS-X3","price":179.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/products\/volspeed-v3-yamaha-pw-x3-pw-s2-twe-vs-x3-1145467853.jpg?v=1741936136"},{"product_id":"speedbox-3-0-for-brose-and-brose-specialized","title":"SpeedBox 3.1 for Brose and Specialized motors","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nA smart product of the third generation with an option to set a speed limit of an e-bike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeedBox 3.1 tuning product enables to select speed limit of your own choice. After the product is installed, your e-bike’s display will show real data, such as maximum and average speeds, daily mileage and cruising range.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNote: The Speedbox App is an application specially designed for Speedbox B. Tuning products only. With a non-Bluetooth Speedbox product like this one, the Speedbox App is unavailable.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"speedbox-3-0-b-tuning-for-brose-and-brose-specialized\"\u003eSpeedBox 3.1 B.Tuning for Brose and Brose Specialized\u003c\/a\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does SpeedBox 3.1 work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nThe tuning kit can be activated directly on your bike’s controller. By activating the WALK assist function shortly a value of 9.9 km\/h (6.2 mph) is displayed and from now on you will be able to ride at a speed of 40 km\/h, 50 km\/h and even more than 60 km\/h.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTo deactivate the tuning kit, activate the WALK assist function shortly again. The value of 2.5 km\/h (1.6 mph) will appear on your display and the speed limit will reset to 25 km\/h. Your e-bike will then work the same as before installation of the tuning.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeedBox was also designed for e-bikes that do not have a classic control unit with WALK assist function. In this case you can just use the combination of + - + - buttons and SpeedBox will be activated. You can easily deactivate SpeedBox in the same way.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYou can set the maximum speed of an electric assistance by switching modes three levels down and then three levels up: TURBO - TRAIL- ECO - OFF - ECO - TRAIL - TURBO. An actual speed limit will be displayed after that. The maximum speed of an electric assistance can be switched by activating WALK assist function shortly or by turning the rear wheel 360°. The value of 1,5 km\/h on the display corresponds with the limit of 15 km\/h, 2 km\/h corresponds with the limit of 20 km\/h, 2,5 corresponds with 25 km\/h, 3,0 corresponds with 30 km\/h, 9,9 corresponds with 99 km\/h etc. The last displayed limit will be saved after 5 seconds of inactivity.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSetting the maximum assistance speed:\u003cbr\u003e\n\nTo set your custom maximum assist speed, first open the SRAM AXS app and go to the Ride Modes section. Here, it is possible to adjust the parameters of individual modes, such as Max Power, which you first decrease three times and then increase three times. The control unit briefly displays the current speed limit as the battery level in %. Then, using the WALK function, gradually set the maximum speed – each press increases the battery value by 5%, which corresponds to raising the speed limit by 5 km\/h. For example, showing 55% battery means a 55 km\/h limit, 60% means 60 km\/h, and so on. The last displayed limit is saved after five seconds of inactivity.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Speedbox Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatible with motors:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n  Brose SPECIALIZED (except for SL models)\u003cbr\u003e\n   For SL models use \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/collections\/all\/products\/speedbox-3-0-for-specialized-motors\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e SpeedBox 3.0 for Specialized\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBrose SPECIALIZED\u003cbr\u003e\n   Brose S-MAG\u003cbr\u003e\n   Brose S\u003cbr\u003e\n   Brose T\u003cbr\u003e\n   Brose C\u003cbr\u003e\n   Brose T-ALU\u003cbr\u003e\nSRAM Powertrain by Brose\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNot compatible with:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n Brose S Mag FIT\u003cbr\u003e\nSpecialized GEN 4 (3.1\/S-Works)\u003cbr\u003e\n   BROSE Specialized SL\u003cbr\u003e\n   (For SL models use SpeedBox 3.1 for Specialized)\u003cbr\u003e\n E-bikes that do not have a connector in the display port (usually there is just a dummy plug instead)\u003cbr\u003e\n Enviolo Automatiq\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nWhen connecting the SpeedBox tuning kit to an e-bike you will find connectors colored to make installation very simple. We have prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of our tuning chip is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you are planning to install SpeedBox on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the chip is activated.\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/1OXnQlMWmCM?si=iEbiJuBJyc2fxFGt\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use SpeedBox products. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe use of SpeedBox may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeedBox Products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality. SpeedBox provide Life Long warranty to all their Products!\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf You have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact us. Thank you for looking! Two Wheels Empire Team","brand":"Speedbox","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40110180925574,"sku":"SB31_BRO","price":199.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/ba746f74949a895f5446e4abb055a7fc-sb31-bro.jpg?v=1758102471"},{"product_id":"peartune-mso-4-0-for-giant-ridecontrol-go","title":"PearTune MSO 4.0 for Giant Syncdrive Pro2 \/ Sport2 + RideControl GO","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe PearTune MSO 4.0 is a revolutionary tuning kit that suppresses the speed limiter of your\nelectric bike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAfter installing and activating your PearTune, the display will show actual values such as\nmaximum speed, average speed, daily distance traveled, and range. You can reach unlimited\nspeeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe display is not necessary to enjoy your new speed limit with PearTune. Once activated, the\ntuning kit supports speeds up to 99 km\/h (approximately 61.5 mph)! To be able to use all the\nfunctions of the tuning, the display of the total kilometers and the speed is required. If your\ne-bike does not have a display, you can retrofit the Ride Dash Plus, for example.\nNOTE: Do not use the Ride Control app as a display, as this app may prompt you to update the\nsoftware.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Peartune work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to\npedaling speed. This ensures smooth motor control without interruptions from speed limits.\nHowever, the achievable speed largely depends on the eBike model. The achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula:\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1,000,000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe tuning kit can be activated directly on your bike’s controllers. After pressing the activation\nbuttons, you will be able to ride at speeds of 25 mph (40 km\/h), 31 mph (50 km\/h), and even\nmore than 37 mph (60 km\/h).\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nActivation involves one short press of the WALK button and\/or the [+ - + -], [- + - +], [+ + - -], or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIndication of activation\/deactivation is a displayed number, 9.9\/2.5 kph for a few seconds (or\nequivalent in mph).\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTo deactivate the tuning kit, press the same buttons again. Your e-bike will then operate as it did before the chip's installation.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWith the new PearTune 4.0, you have greater control over your tuning kit than ever before. It\noffers features such as:\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable speed limit in preferred range settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChip lock settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn\/Off or always ON settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraveled distance calculation settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChip reset settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreferred button for activation\/deactivation settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChip software version information settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to use Peartune Service Menu?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nBy default, PearTune MSO 4.0 is set to activation\/deactivation mode. The maximum speed is on\nunlimited settings, and activation\/deactivation can be done by pressing the WALK button or [+ -\n+ -] (starting from the highest assistance level, begin with [-]).\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTo change settings to your preference, download the latest chip service menu and follow the\nCHIP SERVICE MENU CONTROL PROCEDURE to enter the desired section.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you need any help adjusting your settings, feel free to contact us. We're here to assist every\nstep of the way.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/PearTune_MSO_manual_for_Service_menu_of_the_chip_EN_2024-01-05.pdf?v=1704438829\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eService menu manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Peartune Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatible with:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nGiant Syncdrive Pro 2 and Syncdrive Sport 2 drive systems from model year 2022 with\ndisplays Ridedash Plus, Ridedash Plus 2, Ridedash Evo or Ridedash 2 in 1 along with\ncontrol units GO+, Ergo, Ergo 2 or Ergo 3.\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/pro2_sport2.png?v=1713183830\"\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/RideControlGO.png?v=1713183627\"\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNot Compatible with:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nOriginal Yamaha PW-X3 \/ PW-S2; you would need \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/collections\/all\/products\/peartune-mso-4-0-for-yamaha-pw-x3-pw-s2\"\u003ePearTune 4.0 for Yamaha PW-X3 \/ PW-S2\u003c\/a\u003e motors precisely.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nWhen connecting the PearTune tuning kit to an e-bike, you will find matching connectors to\nmake the installation very simple.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/Pro2_Sport2_1.png?v=1713187368\"\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you are planning to install Peartune on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6\nmiles (1 km) before the chip is activated.\u003cbr\u003e\n1. Remove the plastic cover of the central drive from below. Connectors and cables are\nlocated under the engine.\u003cbr\u003e\n2. Disconnect the eight-pin connector between the display and the engine body and the\nthree-pin connector between the speed sensor and the engine body.\u003cbr\u003e\n3. Connect all four corresponding connectors on the MSO to the corresponding connectors\non the e-bike. All connectors are equipped with locks to prevent incorrect connections.\u003cbr\u003e\n4. Place the MSO in a suitable position, ensuring that cables are not bent or pinched when\nclosing the motor.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you encounter any difficulties with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Legal Note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use of Peartune products. Electric bikes equipped with Peartune products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with Peartune products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk. The use of Peartune products may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nPeartune products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality - Peartune provides Lifetime warranty to all their products.","brand":"PearTune","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40111748415622,"sku":"PT-MSO-4.0-G2-GO","price":219.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/products\/peartune-mso-4-0-for-giant-syncdrive-pro2-sport2-ridecontrol-go-pt-mso-4-0-g2-go-1145467813.jpg?v=1741936129"},{"product_id":"peartune-mso-4-0-for-yamaha-pw-x3-pw-s2","title":"PearTune MSO 4.0 for Yamaha PW-X3 PW-S2","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPeartune MSO 4.0 for Yamaha is a revolutionary tuning kit which \u003cb\u003esuppresses the speed limiter\u003c\/b\u003e of your electric bike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAfter installing your Peartune, the display will show actual values such as maximum speed, average speed, distance travelled daily and range. And you can reach unlimited speed.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Peartune work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe tuning kit can be activated directly on your bike’s display. After pressing the \u003cb\u003eLight button two times\u003c\/b\u003e, from now on you will be able to ride at a speed of 25 mph (40 km\/h), 31 mph (50 km\/h) and even more than 37 mph (60 km\/h). \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTo deactivate the tuning kit, press the Light button two times again. Your e-bike will then work the same as before installation of the chip.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWith the new PearTune 4.0, you can set whether the tuning should automatically be ON or OFF when the e-bike is switched on.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nChip lock (\"Lock the Chip\" function): A feature that makes the tuning module virtually invisible. If the chip lock is activated by using the ↑ and ↓ buttons at the control element, the tuning chip is locked on the software side so that no one can recognize that a tuning tool has been installed on the e-bike. This means that the e-bike and display will function normally, and the tuning can no longer be switched on. The chip lock can only be deactivated later, and again with a specific ↑ and ↓ key combination.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWith PearTune 4.0 you can set an individual activation code. When switching on and off, the display briefly shows whether the tuning was actually activated or deactivated for confirmation.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/PT-MSO-Service-Menu.pdf?v=1694417736\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eService menu manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to use Peartune Service Menu?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe PearTune MSO 4.0 can be activated or deactivated anytime during the ride by short-pressing the LIGHT\/WALK button or [+ -]  buttons. Original function of these buttons remains unchanged. After activating PearTune - you will be able to ride at a speed of 25 mph (40 km\/h), 31 mph (50 km\/h) and even more than 37 mph (60 km\/h)!\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpecialized:\nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons or ONE LONG press of +\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/4.0 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBosch:\nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBosch Smart System: \nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +]\nIndication: displayed number around 19.0\/12.0 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBrose:\nActivation: ONE short press of LIGHT button or TWO short press of LIGHT button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nGiant:\nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nGiant Ridecontrol GO:\nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYamaha PW-X3 PW-S2:\nActivation: TWO short press of LIGHT button\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\nInterfaceX no indication, only if any App for Yamaha e-bikes avalaible\u2028\u2028Yamaha PW-X\/SE\/TE\/X2\/CE\/ST\u2028Activation: TWO short presses of the LIGHT button\nIndication: displayed number 9\/2 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTQ Flyon:\nActivation: ONE short press of LIGHTS button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/PearTune_MSO_manual_for_Service_menu_of_the_chip_EN_2024-01-05.pdf?v=1704438829\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eService menu manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Peartune Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit is compatible with models powered by PW-X3 or PW-S2 Yamaha motors. However, it is not compatible with the following e-bikes: All Giant models with PW-X3 or S2, Yamaha MORO, Booster, Booster Easy, Wabash RT, CrossCore RC.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nWhen connecting the Peartune tuning kit to an e-bike you will find connectors colored to make installation very simple. We have prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of our tuning chip is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you are planning to install Peartune on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the chip is activated.\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/F7WpMc0I-PY\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Legal Note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use of Peartune products. Electric bikes equipped with Peartune products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with Peartune products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk. The use of Peartune products may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nPeartune products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality - Peartune provides Lifetime warranty to all their products.","brand":"PearTune","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40111785672838,"sku":"PT-MSO-4.0- Y2-PWX3\/S2","price":199.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/products\/peartune-mso-4-0-for-yamaha-pw-x3-pw-s2-pt-mso-4-0-y2-pwx3-s2-1145467809.jpg?v=1741936127"},{"product_id":"speedbox-3-1-for-yamaha-pw-x3","title":"SpeedBox 3.3 for Yamaha PW-X3 | PW-S2 | PW-XM motors and Yamaha YDX-Moro 05, Moro 07 e-bikes","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nA smart chip of the third generation with an option to set a speed limit of an e-bike\n\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeedBox 3.3 tuning chip enables to select speed limit of your own choice. After the chip is installed, your e-bike’s display will show real data, such as maximum and average speeds, daily mileage and cruising range.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNote: The Speedbox App is an application specially designed for Speedbox B. Tuning products only. With a non-Bluetooth Speedbox product like this one, the Speedbox App is unavailable.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/speedbox-3-3-b-tuning-for-yamaha-pw-x3-pw-s2-motors-and-yamaha-ydx-moro-05-moro-07-e-bikes\"\u003eSpeedBox 3.3 B.Tuning for Yamaha PW-X3 | PW-S2 motors and Yamaha YDX-Moro 05, Moro 07 e-bikes\u003c\/a\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Speedbox 3.3 work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nThe tuning kit can be activated directly on your bike’s display.  After pressing the LIGHT button or ↑↓↑↓, a value of 9.9 km\/h (6.2 mph) is displayed and from now on you will be able to ride at an unlimited speed. For displays that do not show decimal numbers, the value of 9 km\/h will be displayed.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTo deactivate the tuning kit, press the LIGHT button or ↑↓↑↓ again. The value of 2.5 km\/h (1.6 mph) will appear on your display and the speed limit will reset to 25 km\/h. Your e-bike will then work the same as before installation of the chip. For displays that do not show decimal numbers, the value of 2 km\/h will be displayed.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYou can set the maximum speed of an electric assistance by changing modes three levels down and then three levels up. An actual speed limit will be displayed after that. The maximum speed of an electric assistance can be switched (always rounded up by 5 km\/h) by pressing LIGHT button shortly or by turning the rear wheel 360°. The last displayed limit will be saved after 5 seconds of inactivity.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Speedbox Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatible with motors:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n   PW-X3\u003cbr\u003e\n   PW-S2\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNow compatible with e-bikes:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n   Yamaha YDX-Moro 05\u003cbr\u003e\n   Yamaha Moro 07\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNot compatible with:\u003c\/b\u003e SpeedBox App\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNot compatible with e-bikes and motors:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n   Yamaha UrbanRush\u003cbr\u003e\n   CrossCore\u003cbr\u003e\n   CrossConnect\u003cbr\u003e\n   Wabash\u003cbr\u003e\n   YDX-Torc\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nWhen connecting Tuning Kit to an e-bike you will find connectors colored to make installation very simple. We have prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of our tuning kit is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us. If you are planning to install Speedbox on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the tuning kit is activated.\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/sb33-y-manual-en.pdf?v=1738588773\" target=\"_blank\" class=\"btn\"\u003eInstallation Guide PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/-kiFHzXjmxg?si=hTbpXDwQT8e0_f_W\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use SpeedBox products. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk. The use of  SpeedBox may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n SpeedBox products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality.  SpeedBox provides lifetime warranty to all their Products!","brand":"Speedbox","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40111801991302,"sku":"SB33_Y_1","price":209.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/speedbox-3-3-for-yamaha-pw-x3-pw-s2-motors-and-yamaha-ydx-moro-05-moro-07-e-bikes-sb33-y-1-1145465475.jpg?v=1741936124"},{"product_id":"speedbox-3-3-b-tuning-for-yamaha-pw-x3-pw-s2-motors-and-yamaha-ydx-moro-05-moro-07-e-bikes","title":"SpeedBox 3.3 B.Tuning for Yamaha PW-X3 | PW-S2 motors and Yamaha YDX-Moro 05, Moro 07 e-bikes","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nNew generation tuning chip with Bluetooth and mobile app for your e-bike\n\u003cbr\u003e\nThis new product brings a unique connection of e-bike and mobile phone. The SpeedBox 3.3 B.Tuning chip is a top-notch product perfectly optimized for the most powerful ride and experience. It suppresses the speed limiter so you can enjoy your ride at unlimited speed. Thanks to SpeedBox App mobile application you can monitor and store all the parameters of your trip on the display of your phone in any place, anytime.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Speedbox 3.3 B.Tuning work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nThe tuning kit can be activated directly from the mobile application or on your e-bike’s display. After pressing the LIGHT button or ↑↓↑↓, a value of 9.9 km\/h (6.2 mph) is displayed and from now on you will be able to ride at an unlimited speed. For displays that do not show decimal numbers, the value of 9 km\/h will be displayed.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTo deactivate the tuning kit, press the LIGHT button or ↑↓↑↓ again. The value of 2.5 km\/h (1.6 mph) will appear on your display and the speed limit will reset to 25 km\/h. Your e-bike will then work the same as before installation of the chip. For displays that do not show decimal numbers, the value of 2 km\/h will be displayed.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA new feature in this SpeedBox version is the possibility of activating the double-click function in the app. By activating this function, the lights become independent of tuning. By double-clicking on the LIGHT button, the lights will flash, and the tuning will turn on. If you double-click on the button again, the tuning will turn off and the e-bike will work the same as without a chip. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeedBox was also designed for e-bikes that do not have a classic control unit. In this case you can just use the combination of ↑↓↑↓ buttons and SpeedBox will be activated. You can easily deactivate SpeedBox in the same way.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYou can set the maximum speed of an electric assistance by changing modes three levels down and then three levels up. An actual speed limit will be displayed after that. The maximum speed of an electric assistance can be switched (always rounded up by 5 km\/h) by pressing LIGHT button shortly or by turning the rear wheel 360°. The last displayed limit will be saved after 5 seconds of inactivity.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Speedbox Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatible with:\u003c\/b\u003e SpeedBox App \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatible with motors:\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n   PW-X3\u003cbr\u003e\n   PW-S2\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNow compatible with e-bikes:\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n   Yamaha YDX-Moro 05\u003cbr\u003e\n   Yamaha Moro 07\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNot compatible with e-bikes and motors:\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n   Yamaha UrbanRush\u003cbr\u003e\n   CrossCore\u003cbr\u003e\n   CrossConnect\u003cbr\u003e\n   Wabash\u003cbr\u003e\n   YDX-Torc\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nWhen connecting Tuning Kit to an e-bike you will find connectors colored to make installation very simple. We have prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of our tuning kit is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us. If you are planning to install Speedbox on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the tuning kit is activated.\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/sb33bt-y-manual-en_d6937805-8bb5-48f6-a3a7-3f48d456c5d7.pdf?v=1738590259\" target=\"_blank\" class=\"btn\"\u003eInstallation Guide PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/-kiFHzXjmxg?si=mEzt2nRvbs37KtH6\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use SpeedBox products. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk. The use of  SpeedBox may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n SpeedBox products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality.  SpeedBox provides lifetime warranty to all their Products!","brand":"Speedbox","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40111851372678,"sku":"SB33BT_Y","price":309.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/speedbox-3-3-b-tuning-for-yamaha-pw-x3-pw-s2-motors-and-yamaha-ydx-moro-05-moro-07-e-bikes-sb33bt-y-1145465468.jpg?v=1741936121"},{"product_id":"speedbox-3-0-b-tuning-for-brose-and-brose-specialized","title":"SpeedBox 3.1 B.Tuning for Brose and Specialized motors","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nNew generation tuning  product with Bluetooth and mobile app for your e-bike. Our most powerful and versatile product.        \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis new device brings a unique connection of e-bike and mobile phone. The SpeedBox 3.1 B.Tuning is a top-notch product perfectly optimized for the most powerful ride and experience. It suppresses the speed limiter so you can enjoy your ride at unlimited speed.  Thanks to \u003cb\u003eSpeedBox App\u003c\/b\u003e mobile application you can monitor and store all the parameters of your trip on the display of your phone in any place, anytime.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does SpeedBox 3.1 B.Tuning work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nOur newest product features an easy and user-friendly control unit. The tuning kit can be activated directly from the mobile application or on your bike’s display. By activating the WALK assist function shortly a value of 9.9 km\/h (6.2 mph) is displayed and from now on you will be able to ride at a speed of 40 km\/h, 50 km\/h and even more than 60 km\/h.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTo deactivate the tuning kit, activate the WALK assist function again. The value of 2.5 km\/h (1.6 mph) will appear on your display and the speed limit will reset to 25 km\/h. Your e-bike will then work the same as before installation of the product.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeedBox was also designed for e-bikes that do not have a classic control unit with WALK assist function. In this case you can just use the combination of + - + -  buttons and SpeedBox will be activated. You can easily deactivate SpeedBox in the same way.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYou can set the maximum speed of an electric assistance in SpeedBox App or by changing modes: TURBO - TRAIL- ECO - OFF - ECO - TRAIL - TURBO. An actual speed limit will be displayed after that. The maximum speed of an electric assistance can be switched by activating WALK assist function shortly or by turning the rear wheel 360°. The value of 1,5 km\/h on the display corresponds with the limit of 15 km\/h, 2 km\/h corresponds with the limit of 20 km\/h, 2,5 corresponds with 25 km\/h, 3,0 corresponds with 30 km\/h, 9,9 corresponds with 99 km\/h etc. The last displayed limit will be saved after 5 seconds of inactivity.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eActivation and deactivation of SpeedBox tuning for e-bikes with SRAM Powertrain unit\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTo activate or deactivate the tuning, briefly activate the WALK function or switch between two assistance modes (+ - + -).\u003cbr\u003e\nActivation of tuning (unlimited speed) → the display will show a battery value of 99%, which corresponds to a maximum speed of 99 km\/h.\u003cbr\u003e\nDeactivation of tuning (limited speed) → the display will show a battery value of 25%, which corresponds to a speed limit of 25 km\/h.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSetting the maximum assistance speed:\u003c\/b\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nTo set your custom maximum assist speed, first open the SRAM AXS app and go to the Ride Modes section. Here, it is possible to adjust the parameters of individual modes, such as Max Power, which you first decrease three times and then increase three times. The control unit briefly displays the current speed limit as the battery level in %. Then, using the WALK function, gradually set the maximum speed – each press increases the battery value by 5%, which corresponds to raising the speed limit by 5 km\/h. For example, showing 55% battery means a 55 km\/h limit, 60% means 60 km\/h, and so on. The last displayed limit is saved after five seconds of inactivity.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Speedbox Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eCompatible with motors:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n  Brose SPECIALIZED (except for SL models)\u003cbr\u003e\n   For SL models use \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/collections\/all\/products\/speedbox-3-0-for-specialized-motors\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e SpeedBox 3.0 for Specialized\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n   Brose S-MAG\u003cbr\u003e\n   Brose S\u003cbr\u003e\n   Brose T\u003cbr\u003e\n   Brose C\u003cbr\u003e\n   Brose T-ALU\u003cbr\u003e\nSRAM Powertrain by Brose\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNot compatible with:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n Brose S Mag FIT\u003cbr\u003e\n   Specialized GEN 4 (3.1\/S-Works)\u003cbr\u003e\n   BROSE Specialized SL\u003cbr\u003e\n   (For SL models use SpeedBox 3.1 B.Tuning for Specialized)\u003cbr\u003e\n E-bikes that do not have a connector in the display port (usually there is just a dummy plug instead)\u003cbr\u003e\n Enviolo Automatiq\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nWhen connecting the SpeedBox tuning kit to an e-bike you will find connectors colored to make installation very simple. We have prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of our tuning chip is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you are planning to install SpeedBox on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the chip is activated.\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/1OXnQlMWmCM?si=1rjSrL0oupNmjdp6\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use SpeedBox products. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe use of SpeedBox may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeedBox Products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality. SpeedBox provide Life Long warranty to all their Products!\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf You have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact us. Thank you for looking! Two Wheels Empire Team","brand":"Speedbox","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40111856550022,"sku":"SB31BT_BRO","price":309.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/b3b63d3542314443fabd1ee02a539684-sb31bt-bro.jpg?v=1758098323"},{"product_id":"speedbox-3-0-for-bafang-3-pin-connector","title":"SpeedBox 3.0 for Bafang (3 pin connector)","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nBasic tuning kit for e-bikes with Bafang motors.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeedBox 3.0 enables you to double the speed limit of an e-bike from the original 16 mph (25 km\/h) to 31 mph (50 km\/h). When in use, the actual speed will appear on your display up to 14mph (23 km\/h). The display also shows your trip and other aspects of your ride.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNote: The Speedbox App is an application specially designed for Speedbox B. Tuning products only. With a non-Bluetooth Speedbox product like this one, the Speedbox App is unavailable.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"speedbox-3-0-b-tuning-for-bafang-3-pin-connector\"\u003eSpeedBox 3.0 B.Tuning for Bafang (3 pin connector)\u003c\/a\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does SpeedBox 3.0 work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nThe tuning kit can be activated directly on your bike’s display.  After pressing the LIGHT button or ↑↓↑↓, a value of 99 km\/h (62 mph) is displayed and from now on you will be able to ride at an unlimited speed.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTo deactivate the tuning kit, press the LIGHT button or ↑↓↑↓ again. The value of 25 km\/h (16 mph) will appear on your display and the speed limit will reset to 25 km\/h. Your e-bike will then work the same as before installation of the chip.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYou can set the maximum speed of an electric assistance by changing modes by switching modes three levels down and then three levels up. An actual speed limit will be displayed after that. The maximum speed of an electric assistance can be switched by pressing LIGHT button shortly or by turning the rear wheel 360°. The last displayed limit will be saved after 5 seconds of inactivity.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Speedbox Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThis tuning kit is compatible with motors:\u003cbr\u003e\n- Bafang Max Drive M300 \u003cbr\u003e\n- Bafang Max Drive M400 \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIn case of updating the software of your e-bike, uninstall SpeedBox from the e-bike first, update the software and reinstall SpeedBox.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf your ebike is with 4 Pin connector, you would need \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/speedbox-3-1-for-bafang-4-pin-connector\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSpeedbox 3.1 Bafang (4 pin connector)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e or \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/speedbox-3-1-b-tuning-for-bafang-4-pin-connector\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSpeedBox 3.1 B.Tuning for Bafang\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nWe use original connectors for the production of SpeedBox chips ensuring that the installation process is very simple and the chip is connected properly. We have also prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of the tuning chip is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you are planning to install SpeedBox on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the chip is activated.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/n9GaBxTUd_I\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use SpeedBox products. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe use of SpeedBox may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeedBox Products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality. SpeedBox provide Life Long warranty to all their Products!\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf You have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact us. Thank you for looking! Two Wheels Empire Team","brand":"Speedbox","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40145575870598,"sku":"SB3_BF3","price":179.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/products\/speedbox-3-0-for-bafang-3-pin-connector-sb3-bf3-1145467647.jpg?v=1741935957"},{"product_id":"speedbox-3-0-b-tuning-for-bafang-3-pin-connector","title":"SpeedBox 3.0 B.Tuning for Bafang (3 pin connector)","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nBasic tuning kit for e-bikes with Bafang motors.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNot compatible with: Bafang Max Drive M500\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeedBox 3.0 enables you to double the speed limit of an e-bike from the original 16 mph (25 km\/h) to 31 mph (50 km\/h). When in use, the actual speed will appear on your display up to 14mph (23 km\/h). The display also shows your trip and other aspects of your ride.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does SpeedBox 3.0 B.Tuning work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeedBox 3.0 tuning kit can be activated on the e-bike’s control unit. After pressing the LIGHT button , the active lights icon will be displayed shortly after which you will be able to ride at a speed of 31mph (50 km\/h).  The chip is deactivated by pressing the LIGHT button again.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBy attaching the Light cable for Bafang, you can use the SpeedBox and your lights at the same time.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Speedbox Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThis tuning kit is compatible with motors:\u003cbr\u003e\n- Bafang Max Drive M300 \u003cbr\u003e\n- Bafang Max Drive M400 \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nCompatible with motors with CAN protocol and not compatible with motors with UART protocol. The CAN or UART protocols can be recognized by the shape of the connectors, please see the picture below.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/speedbox_3.0_bafang.png?v=1686137008\" class=\"img-fluid\"\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIn case of updating the software of your e-bike, uninstall SpeedBox from the e-bike first, update the software and reinstall SpeedBox.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf your ebike is with 4 Pin connector, you would need \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/speedbox-1-3-for-bafang-4-pin-connector\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSpeedbox 1.3 Bafang (4 pin connector)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e or \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/speedbox-1-3-b-tuning-for-bafang-4-pin-connector\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSpeedBox 1.3 B.Tuning for Bafang\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nWe use original connectors for the production of SpeedBox chips ensuring that the installation process is very simple and the chip is connected properly. We have also prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of the tuning chip is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you are planning to install SpeedBox on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the chip is activated.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/n9GaBxTUd_I\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use SpeedBox products. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe use of SpeedBox may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpeedBox Products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality. SpeedBox provide Life Long warranty to all their Products!\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf You have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact us. Thank you for looking! Two Wheels Empire Team","brand":"Speedbox","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40146198921350,"sku":"SB3_BF3_BT","price":279.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/products\/speedbox-3-0-b-tuning-for-bafang-3-pin-connector-sb3-bf3-bt-1145467643.jpg?v=1741935955"},{"product_id":"volspeed-tuning-kit-for-bosch-smart-system","title":"Volspeed Tuning kit for Bosch Smart System V2","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTuning module for the Bosch Smart System. Compatible with all Bosch drive systems that are equipped with the Smart System and whose motor support ends at 25km\/h (15.5mph) from the factory. Note: Bikes with rim magnet are not supported\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Volspeed work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km] \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe tuning kit can be activated directly on your bike’s display, after pressing the ' - + - + ' buttons. After Tuning kit activation speed limit is displayed for 5 seconds. If you would like to change maximumm speed, just press '+' or '-' keys. Possible values: 16... 28mph (25... 45 km\/h). Default value: 20mph (32 km\/h). The set value is saved. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo deactivate the tuning kit, press the ' - + - + ' buttons. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe tuning is always switched off after switching on the bike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is possible to set a \"softer curtailment behavior\" (dynamic mode). This significantly softens the otherwise very abrupt deceleration at the speed limit. Correct display of the speed, the distance covered and the average speed at all times. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eAttention: When tuning is activated, the speed displayed is too low from 21km\/h and the distance measured is too short. The odometer reading is therefore too low after using the tuning.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePlease disable automatic updates in the eBike Flow App. And do not us flow app together with tuning kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Volspeed Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis tuning kit is compatible with Bosch Smart System. Bikes equipped with a rim magnet are not supported by the tuning. Not compatible with with e-bikes with Bosch ABS system as well. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eVolspeed V2:\u003c\/b\u003eThe Smart System is most easily identified by the Intuvia 100, Kiox 300 or Kiox 500 display type or control unit LED Remote, Purion 200 or the system controller. he tuning kit is compatible with Drive Unit Software versions up to 19.24.0 \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is recommended that you use the following selection guide to choose the appropriate tuning. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/cdn\/shop\/files\/Auswahlhilfe_Bosch_V4_red_1024x1024.jpg?v=1728627761\" class=\"img-fluid\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen connecting Tuning Kit to an e-bike you will find connectors colored to make installation very simple. We have prepared detailed instructions to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of our tuning kit is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us. If you are planning to install Volspeed on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the tuning kit is activated. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/V2_Smart_System_Operating_Instructions.pdf?v=1737543961\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eInstallation Guide PDF \u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom: 56.25%; position: relative; display: block; width: 100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/W3-WQZu4SwU?si=oNC-88PSzVVgO2mo\" style=\"position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0;\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use VOLspeed products. Electric bikes equipped with VOLspeed products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with VOLspeed products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk. The use of VOLspeed may void the warranty of your ebike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds. \u003cbr\u003eVOLspeed Products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality. VOLspeed provide 2 years warranty to all their Products!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"VOLspeed","offers":[{"title":"Volspeed V2","offer_id":40948889649286,"sku":"TWE-VS-SM-V2","price":199.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/volspeed-tuning-kit-for-bosch-smart-system-v2-twe-vs-sm-v2-1145465780.jpg?v=1741935947"},{"product_id":"speedbox-3-2-for-bafang-m500","title":"SpeedBox 3.2 for Bafang M200 M410 M500 M510 M560 M600 motors","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTuning kit for e-bikes with Bafang M200 M410, M500, M510, M560, M600 motors. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSpeedBox 3.2 enables you to double the speed limit of an e-bike from the original 16 mph (25 km\/h) to 31 mph (50 km\/h). After the tuning is installed, your e-bike’s display will show real data, such as maximum and average speeds, daily mileage and cruising range. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNote: The Speedbox App is an application specially designed for Speedbox B. Tuning products only. With a non-Bluetooth Speedbox product like this one, the Speedbox App is unavailable. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ca href=\"speedbox-3-2-b-tuning-for-bafang-m500\"\u003eSpeedBox 3.2 B.Tuning for Bafang M200 M410 M500 M510\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does SpeedBox 3.2 work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km] \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe tuning kit can be activated directly on your bike’s display. After pressing the LIGHT button or +-+-, a value of 99 km\/h (62 mph) is displayed and from now on you will be able to ride at an unlimited speed. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo deactivate the tuning kit, press the LIGHT button or +-+- again. The value of 25 km\/h (16 mph) will appear on your display and the speed limit will reset to 25 km\/h. Your e-bike will then work the same as before installation of the chip. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYou can set the maximum speed of an electric assistance by changing modes by switching modes three levels down and then three levels up. An actual speed limit will be displayed after that. The maximum speed of an electric assistance can be switched by pressing LIGHT button shortly or by turning the rear wheel 360°. The last displayed limit will be saved after 5 seconds of inactivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Speedbox Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis tuning kit is compatible with motors:\u003cbr\u003e- Bafang Max Drive M200 M410, M500, M510, M560, M600\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot compatible with: \u003cbr\u003e- Bafang Max Drive M300\u003cbr\u003e- Bafang Max Drive M400\u003cbr\u003e- Bafang Max Drive M420\u003cbr\u003e- Displays with UART connectors \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIn case of updating the software of your e-bike, uninstall SpeedBox from the e-bike first, update the software and reinstall SpeedBox.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe use original connectors for the production of SpeedBox chips ensuring that the installation process is very simple and the chip is connected properly. We have also prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of the tuning chip is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf you are planning to install SpeedBox on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the chip is activated. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom: 56.25%; position: relative; display: block; width: 100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/avQhuNP86Kc\" style=\"position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0;\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use SpeedBox products. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe use of SpeedBox may void the warranty of your ebike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSpeedBox Products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality. SpeedBox provide Life Long warranty to all their Products! \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf You have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact us. Thank you for looking! Two Wheels Empire Team\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Speedbox","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40189214818438,"sku":"SB32_BF32","price":179.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/speedbox-3-2-for-bafang-m200-m410-m500-m510-motors-sb32-bf32-1145467574.jpg?v=1741935945"},{"product_id":"speedbox-3-2-b-tuning-for-bafang-m500","title":"SpeedBox 3.2 B.Tuning for Bafang M200 M410 M500 M510 M560 M600","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTuning kit for e-bikes with Bafang M200 M410 M500 M510 M560 M600 motors. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSpeedBox 3.2 B. Tuning enables you to double the speed limit of an e-bike from the original 16 mph (25 km\/h) to 31 mph (50 km\/h). After the tuning is installed, your e-bike’s display will show real data, such as maximum and average speeds, daily mileage and cruising range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does SpeedBox 3.2 work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km] \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe tuning kit can be activated directly on your bike’s display. After pressing the LIGHT button or +-+-, a value of 99 km\/h (62 mph) is displayed and from now on you will be able to ride at an unlimited speed. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTo deactivate the tuning kit, press the LIGHT button or +-+- again. The value of 25 km\/h (16 mph) will appear on your display and the speed limit will reset to 25 km\/h. Your e-bike will then work the same as before installation of the chip. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYou can set the maximum speed of an electric assistance by changing modes by switching modes three levels down and then three levels up. An actual speed limit will be displayed after that. The maximum speed of an electric assistance can be switched by pressing LIGHT button shortly or by turning the rear wheel 360°. The last displayed limit will be saved after 5 seconds of inactivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Speedbox Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis tuning kit is compatible with motors:\u003cbr\u003e- Bafang Max Drive M200 M410 M500 M510 M560 M600\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot compatible with: \u003cbr\u003e- Bafang Max Drive M300\u003cbr\u003e- Bafang Max Drive M400\u003cbr\u003e- Bafang Max Drive M420\u003cbr\u003e- Displays with UART connectors \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIn case of updating the software of your e-bike, uninstall SpeedBox from the e-bike first, update the software and reinstall SpeedBox.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe use original connectors for the production of SpeedBox chips ensuring that the installation process is very simple and the chip is connected properly. We have also prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of the tuning chip is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf you are planning to install SpeedBox on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the chip is activated. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom: 56.25%; position: relative; display: block; width: 100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/avQhuNP86Kc\" style=\"position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0;\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use SpeedBox products. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with SpeedBox products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe use of SpeedBox may void the warranty of your ebike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSpeedBox Products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality. SpeedBox provide Life Long warranty to all their Products! \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf You have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact us. Thank you for looking! Two Wheels Empire Team\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Speedbox","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40189236445318,"sku":"SB32_BF32_BT","price":279.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/speedbox-3-2-b-tuning-for-bafang-m200-m410-m500-m510-sb32-bf32-bt-1145467565.jpg?v=1741935943"},{"product_id":"peartune-mso-4-0-for-brose-motors-2014-2023","title":"Peartune MSO 4.0 For Brose Motors","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThis Peartune tuning kit removes the 16mph (25km\/h) speed limit, allowing the motor to help you at higher speeds. With the speed limit removed, 28-37mph (~45-60km\/h) can be expected, depending on the bicycle and gearing.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAll readings like actual speed, max speed, average speed, distance etc. are correctly displayed.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the Peartune work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe tuning kit can be activated directly on your bike’s display. After pressing the \u003cb\u003e'WALK' or '+ - + -' buttons\u003c\/b\u003e, from now on you will be able to ride at a speed of 25 mph (40 km\/h), 31 mph (50 km\/h) and even more than 37 mph (60 km\/h). \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTo deactivate the tuning kit, press the 'WALK' or '+ - + -' buttons again. Your e-bike will then work the same as before installation of the chip.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWith the new PearTune 4.0, you can set whether the tuning should automatically be ON or OFF when the e-bike is switched on.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe level of maximum motor support can be set individually with the + and - buttons, in 1mph (1 km\/h) steps.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nChip lock (\"Lock the Chip\" function): A feature that makes the tuning module virtually invisible. If the chip lock is activated by using the + and - buttons at the control element, the tuning chip is locked on the software side so that no one can recognize that a tuning tool has been installed on the e-bike. This means that the e-bike and display will function normally, and the tuning can no longer be switched on.\nThe chip lock can only be deactivated later, and again with a specific + and - key combination.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWith PearTune 4.0 you can set an individual activation code. When switching on and off, the display briefly shows whether the tuning was actually activated or deactivated for confirmation.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/PT-MSO-Service-Menu.pdf?v=1694417736\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eService menu manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eService menu video:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/mcyK7NXjML8\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to use Peartune Service Menu?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe PearTune MSO 4.0 can be activated or deactivated anytime during the ride by short-pressing the LIGHT\/WALK button or [+ -]  buttons. Original function of these buttons remains unchanged. After activating PearTune - you will be able to ride at a speed of 25 mph (40 km\/h), 31 mph (50 km\/h) and even more than 37 mph (60 km\/h)!\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpecialized:\nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons or ONE LONG press of +\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/4.0 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBosch:\nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBosch Smart System: \nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +]\nIndication: displayed number around 19.0\/12.0 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBrose:\nActivation: ONE short press of LIGHT button or TWO short press of LIGHT button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nGiant:\nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nGiant Ridecontrol GO:\nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYamaha PW-X3 PW-S2:\nActivation: TWO short press of LIGHT button\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\nInterfaceX no indication, only if any App for Yamaha e-bikes avalaible\u2028\u2028Yamaha PW-X\/SE\/TE\/X2\/CE\/ST\u2028Activation: TWO short presses of the LIGHT button\nIndication: displayed number 9\/2 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTQ Flyon:\nActivation: ONE short press of LIGHTS button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/PearTune_MSO_manual_for_Service_menu_of_the_chip_EN_2024-01-05.pdf?v=1704438829\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eService menu manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this Peartune the right tuning kit for my bike?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThis Peartune tuning kit is made to fit Brose motors - Brose C, Brose T, Brose TF, Brose S, Brose S Mag. Works with Enviolo automatic gears. Does not fit Brose Specialized motors! For Brose Specialized you would need \u003cb\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/products\/peartune-mso-4-0-for-brose-specialized-2-0-2-1-2-2-motors-2021-2022\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ePeartune 4.0 Brose Specialized\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nWhen connecting Tuning Kit to an e-bike you will find connectors colored to make installation very simple. We have prepared detailed instructions and videos to make installation easy for you. Disassembly of our tuning kit is just as easy. If you have any troubles with installation or disassembly, do not hesitate to contact us. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you are planning to install Peartune on a brand-new bike, make sure you ride it for at least 0.6 miles (1 km) before the tuning kit is activated.\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom:56.25%; position:relative; display:block; width: 100%\"\u003e\n    \u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/-phWOTEzYuU\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"\" style=\"position:absolute; top:0; left: 0\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use of Peartune products. Electric bikes equipped with Peartune products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with Peartune products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk. The use of Peartune products may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nPeartune products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality - Peartune provides Lifetime warranty to all their products.","brand":"PearTune","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40192190316678,"sku":"PT-MSO-4.0-BR2","price":219.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/peartune-mso-4-0-for-brose-2014-2023-pt-mso-4-0-br2-1145467560.jpg?v=1741935938"},{"product_id":"levociraptor-gen3","title":"Levociraptor Gen3 for Specialized Levo, Kenevo, Levo SL, Kenevo SL, Creo SL, Vado SL","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the speed restriction for Levo, Levo SL, Creo2, Creo SL, Vado SL, Kenevo, Kenevo SL and Turbo Como SL 4.0, release the full potential of the Specialized Ebike. Compatible with all Gen 2 and Gen 3 Specialized e-bikes including SL models fitted with top tube TCU and Mastermind TCU display (except SL 1.2 motor)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Levociraptor work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km] \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter the Tuning kit is installed, your e-bike will be derestricted and you will reach maximum speed! The tuning kit is always active. You do not need to activate it. The Levociraptor connects to your ebike via the TCU and allows you to retain accuracy of speed and distance. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e- 5 different speed limits selectable via Bluetooth with dedicated free Levociraptor App or BLEvo.\u003cbr\u003e- Barometer* for altitude calculation and Thermometer* for logging ambient temperature.\u003cbr\u003e- Crash detection* with message notification with GPS position.\u003cbr\u003e- Automatic restore of the speed restriction after crash*.\u003cbr\u003e- Firmware updatable via Smartphone. \u003cbr\u003e- Real speed and distance will be shown on the MasterMind TCU or external devices like Garmin, Turbo Connect etc. (Except SL 1.2 motors) \u003cbr\u003e- Show MasterMind TCU data (biker power, motor power, battery level, assistance %, etc.) within BLEvo \u003cbr\u003e- Enjoy BLEvo Smart Power again with the MasterMind TCU\u003cbr\u003e- New professional waterproof box *Feature available only if the ride is recorded with BLEvo App \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e12 Month Warranty on Levociraptor Devices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Install this tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEasy Installation - Levociraptor Gen3 comes complete with a manual. The installation of the Levociraptor tuning kit is quite simple and can be easily done by technical laymen. Out of sight installation under the TCU inside the frame. Full instructions and easily removed or reset to factory settings. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf you have any questions regarding the setup please do not hesitate in contacting us, we are happy to help. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWhen you remove the Tuning kit, you need to check the wheel size, if it is smaller then original. Then you need to put Tuning kit back to ebike. Set speed setting of levociraptor on the lowest. \u003cbr\u003e- Ride around for few minutes. \u003cbr\u003e- Turn off the bike. \u003cbr\u003e- Remove the chip\u003cbr\u003e- Reset TCU and on\/off bike twice\u003cbr\u003e- Wheel size will be back to factory \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"text-center fw-bold\"\u003eInstallation Guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"padding-bottom: 56.25%; position: relative; display: block; width: 100%;\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"100%\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/iyzNABgaA6E?si=z3Hx8nC57yVGZG0c\" style=\"position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0;\"\u003e\n    \u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Levociraptor Tuning Kit do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eCompatible with:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTurbo LEVO with 2.1 Specialized motor\u003cbr\u003eTurbo LEVO with 2.2 Specialized motor \u003cbr\u003eTurbo LEVO SL with Specialized 1.1 SL motor \u003cbr\u003eTurbo KENEVO with 2.1 Specialized motor \u003cbr\u003eTurbo KENEVO with 2.2 Specialized motor \u003cbr\u003eTurbo KENEVO SL with Specialized 1.1 SL motor \u003cbr\u003eTurbo Creo SL with Specialized 1.1 SL motor\u003cbr\u003eTurbo Vado SL with Specialized 1.1 SL Motor\u003cbr\u003eTurbo Como SL with Specialized SL 1.1 motor\u003cbr\u003eSL 1.2 motors although speed values not correct.\u003cbr\u003eThis tuning kit works with higher speed versions as well! \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eNot compatible:\u003c\/b\u003e Specialized Levo S1 due to tight head tube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use Levociraptor products. Electric bikes equipped with Levociraptor products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with Levociraptor products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk. The use of Levociraptor may void the warranty of your ebike. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Levociraptor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40208330981510,"sku":"TWE-LC-Gen3","price":269.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/levociraptor-gen3-for-specialized-levo-kenevo-levo-sl-kenevo-sl-creo-sl-vado-sl-twe-lc-gen3-1145467232.webp?v=1741935927"},{"product_id":"e-bike-e-mtb-tuning-kit-peartune-mso-4-0-for-tqhpr50-motor","title":"E-Bike E-MTB Tuning Kit PearTune MSO 4.0 for TQHPR50, 60. 40 motor","description":"\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this Tuning Kit do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThis Peartune tuning kit removes the 16mph (25km\/h) speed limit, allowing the motor to help you at higher speeds. With the speed limit removed, 28-37mph (~45-60km\/h) can be expected, depending on the bicycle and gearing.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eAll readings like actual speed, max speed, average speed, distance etc. are correctly displayed. \u003c\/b\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the Peartune work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe tuning kit manipulates the speed signal without altering the motor's power relative to pedaling speed. This guarantees a smooth motor control without speed limit interruptions. Depending on a tuning kit, some determine when assistance stops, while others remove the restriction entirely for continuous support. However, the achievable speed mostly depends on the eBike model. Achievable speed can be calculated using a simple formula: \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSpeed = Cadence [rpm] * Wheel circumference [mm] * Front Chainring Teeth \/ Rear Chainring Teeth * 60 [min\/h] \/ 1.000.000 [mm\/km]\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTuning kit is already active once installed. If you have + and - buttons on your eBike - tuning kit can deactivated and activated again by selecting the highest level of assistance and pressing  - + - + buttons.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/PT-MSO-Service-Menu.pdf?v=1694417736\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eService menu manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to use Peartune Service Menu?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThe PearTune MSO 4.0 can be activated or deactivated anytime during the ride by short-pressing the LIGHT\/WALK button or [+ -]  buttons. Original function of these buttons remains unchanged. After activating PearTune - you will be able to ride at a speed of 25 mph (40 km\/h), 31 mph (50 km\/h) and even more than 37 mph (60 km\/h)!\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpecialized:\nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons or ONE LONG press of +\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/4.0 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBosch:\nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBosch Smart System: \nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +]\nIndication: displayed number around 19.0\/12.0 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBrose:\nActivation: ONE short press of LIGHT button or TWO short press of LIGHT button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nGiant:\nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nGiant Ridecontrol GO:\nActivation: ONE short press of WALK button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYamaha PW-X3 PW-S2:\nActivation: TWO short press of LIGHT button\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\nInterfaceX no indication, only if any App for Yamaha e-bikes avalaible\u2028\u2028Yamaha PW-X\/SE\/TE\/X2\/CE\/ST\u2028Activation: TWO short presses of the LIGHT button\nIndication: displayed number 9\/2 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTQ Flyon:\nActivation: ONE short press of LIGHTS button and\/or [+ - + -] buttons, or [- + - +], or [+ + - -]or [- - + +] \/ (↑ ↓↑ ↓) buttons\nIndication: displayed number 9.9\/2.5 for few seconds after activation\/deactivation (or equivalent in miles)\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-center\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/PearTune_MSO_manual_for_Service_menu_of_the_chip_EN_2024-01-05.pdf?v=1704438829\" class=\"btn\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eService menu manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this Peartune the right tuning kit for my bike?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nThis Peartune tuning kit is made to fit bicycles with mid-drive TQHPR50, 60, 40 motors, for example.\nNot Compatible with TQ motors.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to install this Tuning kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\nConnect the display connector from PearTune underneath the display, aligning it with the connectors leading from the display unit. Inside the frame, route the PearTune connector along with the second pair of connectors, which are the long speed sensor cables. Thread them through the frame to the motor, and then connect them to the speed sensor. It's a straightforward process; all four connectors are original, have locking mechanisms, and there are no other connectors on the bike that could cause any confusion for you.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant legal note!\u003c\/h3\u003e\nPlease note that the operation of this type of modified electric bikes on public roads may be against the law in some countries. The manufacturer takes no responsibility for damages resulting from the use of Peartune products. Electric bikes equipped with Peartune products are not allowed to be used on public roads, cycling paths and public places. Electric bikes equipped with Peartune products can be used exclusively on private property and entirely at one’s own risk. The use of Peartune products may void the warranty of your ebike.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe strongly recommend using other safety features and protective gear to prevent injuries in higher speeds.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nPeartune products are thoroughly tested and we stand by their quality - Peartune provides Lifetime warranty to all their products.","brand":"PearTune","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40227623305350,"sku":"PT-MSO-4.0-TQ-HPR50","price":249.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/files\/e-bike-e-mtb-tuning-kit-peartune-mso-4-0-for-tqhpr50-motor-pt-mso-4-0-tq-hpr50-1145467417.png?v=1741935855"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0051\/1515\/0434\/collections\/s-l1600.jpg?v=1774866447","url":"https:\/\/www.twowheelsempire.com\/en-lt\/collections\/e-bike-tuning-kits.oembed?page=4","provider":"Two Wheels Empire","version":"1.0","type":"link"}